INTERNET COM CORP
S-1, 1999-04-15
Previous: WEBVALLEY INC, 8-A12G, 1999-04-15
Next: PUTNAM TAX MANAGED FUNDS TRUST, N-1A, 1999-04-15



<PAGE>
      FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 15, 1999
 
                                                           REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                      ------------------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                      ------------------------------------
 
                            INTERNET.COM CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          7319                  06-1542480
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial    (IRS Employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
incorporation or organization)                                        No.)
</TABLE>
 
                      ------------------------------------
 
                               20 KETCHUM STREET
                          WESTPORT, CONNECTICUT 06880
                                 (203) 226-6967
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
                 ---------------------------------------------
 
                                ALAN M. MECKLER
                       CHAIRMAN & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                            INTERNET.COM CORPORATION
                               20 KETCHUM STREET
                          WESTPORT, CONNECTICUT 06880
                                 (203) 226-6967
Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                               agent for service)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
          WILLIAM J. GRANT, JR.                        MICHAEL J. SULLIVAN
         WILLKIE FARR & GALLAGHER                       COOLEY GODWARD LLP
            787 SEVENTH AVENUE                          ONE MARITIME PLAZA
         NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019                SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111
              (212) 728-8000                              (415) 693-2000
</TABLE>
 
                      ------------------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
 
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                 ---------------------------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES                    PROPOSED MAXIMUM AGGREGATE              AMOUNT OF
                        TO BE REGISTERED                                OFFERING PRICE (1)               REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                                               <C>                             <C>
Common stock, $.01 par value per share..........................           $48,300,000                      $13,427.40
</TABLE>
 
(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) solely for the purpose of calculating the
    amount of the registration fee.
                 ---------------------------------------------
 
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY
NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DECLARES
OUR REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL
THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY
STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
<PAGE>
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 15, 1999
 
        SHARES
 
INTERNET.COM CORPORATION               [LOGO]
 
                                  THE E-BUSINESS AND INTERNET TECHNOLOGY NETWORK
COMMON STOCK
 
$  PER SHARE
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
- - internet.com Corporation is offering         - This is our initial public offering and no
      shares.                                  public market currently exists for our
                                                 shares.
 
- - We anticipate that the initial public        - Proposed trading symbol: Nasdaq National
  offering price will be between $               Market--INTM.
  and $         per share.
</TABLE>
 
                              -------------------
 
THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES RISKS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8.
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                           PER SHARE          TOTAL
                                                                         -------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>
Public Offering Price..................................................    $                $
Underwriting Discounts.................................................    $                $
Proceeds to internet.com Corporation...................................    $                $
Proceeds to Selling Stockholder........................................    $                $
 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
THE UNDERWRITERS HAVE A 30-DAY OPTION TO PURCHASE UP TO       ADDITIONAL SHARES
OF COMMON STOCK FROM A SELLING STOCKHOLDER TO COVER OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY.
 
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OF ANYONE'S INVESTMENT IN THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED
IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY                               WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY
 
                  THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS       , 1999.
<PAGE>


Inside Front Cover

[Artwork for prospectus inside front cover page consists of the internet.com 
logo and tag line]

[Artwork for prospectus inside front cover foldout page shows screen 
photos of the internet.com home page and the home pages for each of 
internet.com's nine vertical content channels.]

<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PAGE
                                                                                            -----
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Summary................................................................................           4
Risk Factors...........................................................................           8
Use of Proceeds........................................................................          16
Dividend Policy........................................................................          16
Capitalization.........................................................................          17
Dilution...............................................................................          18
Selected Financial Data................................................................          19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
  and Results of Operations............................................................          20
Business...............................................................................          29
Management.............................................................................          46
Certain Transactions...................................................................          51
Principal and Selling Stockholders.....................................................          53
Description of Capital Stock...........................................................          54
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........................................................          57
Underwriting...........................................................................          59
Legal Matters..........................................................................          60
Experts................................................................................          60
Where You Can Find More Information....................................................          61
Index to Financial Statements..........................................................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                      ------------------------------------
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have
not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you
with different information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it
seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale
is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate as
of the date on the front cover, but the information may have changed since that
date.
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
THE ITEMS IN THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY ARE DESCRIBED IN MORE DETAIL LATER IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. THIS SUMMARY PROVIDES AN OVERVIEW OF SELECTED INFORMATION AND DOES
NOT CONTAIN ALL THE INFORMATION YOU SHOULD CONSIDER. THEREFORE, YOU SHOULD ALSO
READ THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION SET OUT IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND THE OTHER INFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO THIS
PROSPECTUS. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL REFERENCES IN THIS PROSPECTUS TO
"INTERNET.COM," "WE," "US" OR "OUR" ARE TO INTERNET.COM CORPORATION OR
INTERNET.COM LLC, OUR PREDECESSOR ENTITY.
 
INTERNET.COM
 
internet.com is a leading network of integrated business-to-business vertical
content Web sites and related Internet media properties focused solely on the
Internet industry. We provide our community of Internet users, which includes
Internet industry and Internet technology professionals, Web developers and
sophisticated Internet users, with a wide variety of content, community and
commerce products and services. Our network of Internet media properties
includes 53 Web sites, 32 e-mail newsletters, 54 online discussion forums and 52
moderated e-mail discussion lists, which provide:
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                <C>        <C>
- -          real-time Internet industry news   -          archives of definitive industry
                                                          publications
 
- -          tutorials, training and skills     -          discussion forums
            development
 
- -          Internet market research           -          software downloads
 
- -          buyer's guides and products        -          expert advice
            reviews
</TABLE>
 
The Internet has emerged as a global distribution network for real-time news and
information, an environment for online communities and a marketplace in which
commerce is conducted. International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that
the number of universal resource locators, or URLs, will grow from approximately
251 million in 1997 to 640 million in 2000. This growth has created a rapidly
expanding group of Internet professionals with a critical need for timely
content, community and commerce resources to assist them in their daily work and
purchasing decisions. Our network provides a comprehensive source of the latest
Internet news and information for our community of Internet users. It also
provides the ability to share information and evaluate, compare and purchase
Internet-related products and services.
 
We provide advertisers and vendors with focused channels to reach our highly
attractive community of Internet industry and Internet technology professionals,
many of whom either make or influence Internet technology purchasing decisions.
We have had over 450 advertisers on our network including Allaire Corporation,
Cisco Systems Inc., Digital River Inc., EarthLink Network, Inc., Hewlett-Packard
Company, International Business Machines Corporation, Microsoft Corporation and
Oracle Corporation.
 
We have rapidly and efficiently built a large and focused network of Web sites
and related Internet media properties, both domestically and internationally,
through internal development and acquisitions. Since July 1995, we have acquired
30 Internet media properties, including 19 since March 1998. We have developed a
methodology for successfully identifying, evaluating, acquiring and integrating
Web sites and related Internet media properties which are complementary to our
content, community and
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
commerce offerings. Our rapid growth is illustrated by the following key
statistics for the months of March 1998 and March 1999:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         MARCH 1998    MARCH 1999
                                                        ------------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
Web site page views                                       10,260,000    40,600,000
Unique Web site users                                        850,000     1,660,000
E-mail newsletters distributed                               250,000     7,000,000
E-mail newsletter subscribers                                 72,000       590,000
E-mail discussion list postings                              --          8,590,000
E-mail discussion list subscribers                           --             27,000
</TABLE>
 
Our objective is to maintain and strengthen our position as a leading provider
of integrated, business-to-business vertical content focused solely on the
Internet industry. We intend to achieve this objective by continuing to execute
the following key strategies:
 
      -      increase high-quality content offerings and services;
 
      -      grow through targeted acquisitions;
 
      -      increase traffic and enhance worldwide brand recognition;
 
      -      expand revenue opportunities; and
 
      -      increase our international presence.
 
internet.com LLC was formed in November 1998 following the acquisition of
Mecklermedia Corporation by Penton Media, Inc. Prior to this acquisition, we
operated since December 1994 as one of three divisions which comprised
Mecklermedia. We believe our predecessor Web sites, MECKLERWEB.COM and
IWORLD.COM, were among the first Web sites dedicated to covering Internet
developments.
 
internet.com Corporation was incorporated on April 5, 1999 in the State of
Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 20 Ketchum Street,
Westport, Connecticut 06880 and our telephone number is (203) 226-6967.
 
The information on our Web sites and in our related Internet media properties is
not a part of this prospectus. "internet.com" and the internet.com logo are two
of our trademarks and service marks. We have numerous other trademarks and
service marks as well. See "Business--Intellectual Property." This prospectus
also references trademarks and trade names of other companies.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>
Common stock offered:
 
          By internet.com Corporation...........  shares
 
          By selling stockholder................  shares
                                                  ------
 
               Total............................  shares
 
Common stock outstanding after the offering.....  shares (1)
 
Offering price..................................  $      per share
 
Use of proceeds.................................  We will receive net proceeds from this
                                                  offering of approximately $    million.
                                                  We will use approximately $2.0 million of
                                                  the net proceeds to repay indebtedness
                                                  from our line of credit. We intend to use
                                                  the remaining net proceeds for potential
                                                  strategic acquisitions and general
                                                  corporate purposes, including working
                                                  capital and expansion of editorial,
                                                  marketing and sales activities. See "Use
                                                  of Proceeds."
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol..........  INTM
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
(1)  Based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 1998, assuming the
    conversion of internet.com into a corporation had been effected as of that
    date. Excludes 2,000,000 shares of common stock that have been set aside for
    stock options under our stock option plan, of which 382,350 will be granted
    to our employees immediately preceding the closing of this offering.
 
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY STATED, INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
(A) DOES NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT
OPTION; (B) DOES NOT GIVE EFFECT TO THE EXERCISE BY INTERNET WORLD MEDIA, INC.,
A SUBSIDIARY OF PENTON MEDIA, OF A WARRANT TO PURCHASE 2,075,634 SHARES OF OUR
COMMON STOCK IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE CLOSING OF THIS OFFERING; AND (C) GIVES
EFFECT TO THE CONVERSION OF OUR BUSINESS FORM INTO A CORPORATION, AT THE
CONVERSION RATE OF ONE MEMBERSHIP UNIT IN INTERNET.COM LLC INTO 16,215.891
SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK, WHICH WILL OCCUR IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE CLOSING OF
THIS OFFERING.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
The following table summarizes the financial data for internet.com and its
predecessor business, the iWorld division of Mecklermedia. The share information
reflects the conversion of internet.com from a limited liability company into a
corporation as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of each period
indicated. The following summary financial data should be read in conjunction
with the internet.com and iWorld audited financial statements and accompanying
notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    INCEPTION
                                  (DECEMBER 7,                 FISCAL YEAR ENDED                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                  1994) THROUGH   -------------------------------------------  ------------------------------
                                  SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                     1995(1)         1996(1)        1997(1)        1998(1)         1997(1)         1998(2)
                                 ---------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                              <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues.......................     $     123       $     498      $   1,479      $   3,544       $     769       $   1,550
Gross profit...................            84             (38)           308          1,373             426             691
Operating loss.................          (404)         (1,244)        (2,155)        (2,731)           (444)         (3,367)
Net loss.......................          (404)         (1,244)        (2,155)        (2,731)           (444)         (3,375)
Basic and diluted net loss per
  share........................                                                                                   $    (.21)
Common shares used to compute
  basic and diluted net loss
  per share....................                                                                                      16,216
</TABLE>
 
The following table summarizes our balance sheet (assuming the conversion of
internet.com LLC into a corporation) as of December 31, 1998, which has been
adjusted, on a pro forma basis, to reflect the sale of the       shares of
common stock offered hereby at an assumed offering price of $      per share,
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering
expenses, and the exercise by Internet World Media of its warrant to purchase
2,075,634 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this
offering. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                                          ----------------------
                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                                           ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                          ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents...............................................  $     129   $
Working capital (deficit)...............................................     (1,859)
Total assets............................................................     23,587
Borrowings under line of credit.........................................      1,886
Total stockholders' equity..............................................     19,564
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
(1)  Represents the financial data of the iWorld division of Mecklermedia
    Corporation.
(2)  Represents the financial data of both the iWorld division of Mecklermedia
    Corporation for the period from October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998
    and internet.com for the period from inception (November 24, 1998) through
    December 31, 1998.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW BEFORE MAKING AN
INVESTMENT DECISION. THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW ARE NOT THE
ONLY ONES FACING OUR COMPANY. OUR BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION OR RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS COULD BE HARMED BY ANY OF THE FOLLOWING RISKS. THE TRADING PRICE OF
OUR COMMON STOCK COULD DECLINE DUE TO ANY OF THE FOLLOWING RISKS, AND YOU MIGHT
LOSE ALL OR PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT.
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
 
WE HAVE A LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY. Although our predecessor business, iWorld,
began operating in December 1994, internet.com was only formed in November 1998.
Thus, we have a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our
business. We are subject to the risks, expenses and uncertainties frequently
encountered by companies in the new and rapidly evolving markets for Internet
products and services. For example:
 
      -      we might fail to continue to develop and extend our Internet-based
             content offerings and services;
 
      -      our services may be rejected by Internet users, vendors or
             advertisers;
 
      -      we might be unable to maintain and increase the levels of traffic
             on our Web sites and related Internet media properties;
 
      -      our competitors may develop or may already have developed similar
             or superior services or products;
 
      -      the market might fail to continue to accept the Internet as an
             advertising medium;
 
      -      we might not be able to successfully sell Internet advertising;
 
      -      market prices for Internet advertising may drop as a result of
             competition or other factors;
 
      -      we might not effectively integrate the technology and operations of
             any acquired businesses or technologies with our operations;
 
      -      the technologies we use in our operations might fail or operate
             poorly; and
 
      -      we might be unable to identify, attract, retain and motivate
             qualified personnel.
 
We might not be successful in addressing these risks or other risks we may face.
If we are unable to adequately address these risks, our business, results of
operations and financial condition could suffer.
 
WE ANTICIPATE CONTINUED LOSSES. As of December 31, 1998, we had an accumulated
deficit of $2.9 million. Although we have experienced revenue growth in recent
periods, we cannot assure you that our revenues will continue at their current
level or increase in the future. We have not achieved profitability on a
quarterly or annual basis to date and we anticipate that we will continue to
incur net losses for the foreseeable future. We expect to increase our operating
expenses significantly, expand our sales and marketing operations and continue
to develop and extend our content offerings and services. If these expenses are
not accompanied by increased revenues, our business, results of operations and
financial condition could be harmed.
 
OUR QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS ARE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT FLUCTUATIONS. Our
quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future because of
a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control. These factors
include:
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
      -      the level of Internet usage;
 
      -      traffic levels on our Web sites and related Internet media
             properties;
 
      -      the demand for advertising on our Web sites and related Internet
             media properties, as well as on the Internet in general;
 
      -      changes in rates paid for Internet advertising resulting from
             competition or other factors;
 
      -      our ability to enter into or renew key agreements with our
             advertisers and vendors;
 
      -      the amount and timing of costs related to marketing efforts or
             other initiatives;
 
      -      costs incurred as we expand operations;
 
      -      our ability to successfully introduce new content offerings and
             services;
 
      -      new services introduced by us or our competitors;
 
      -      technical difficulties or system downtime affecting the Internet
             generally or the operation of our Web sites and related Internet
             media properties; and
 
      -      economic conditions specific to the Internet as well as general
             economic conditions.
 
Therefore, operating results for any particular quarter might not be indicative
of future operating results. We expect to depend primarily on advertising
revenues for the foreseeable future. As a result, the level of advertising
revenues in each quarter is likely to significantly affect our quarterly
revenues and operating results. Our operating expenses, which include
advertising, promotion and selling and general and administrative expenses, are
based on expectations of future revenues and are relatively fixed in the short
term. If our advertising and other revenues are lower than expected, we might
not be able to quickly reduce spending. In addition, we intend to significantly
increase operating expenses to expand our business. Any shortfall in revenues
would have a direct impact on operating results for a particular quarter and
these fluctuations could affect the market price of our common stock.
 
THERE ARE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR BUSINESS, WHICH IS DEPENDENT ON INTERNET
ADVERTISING. We have derived substantially all of our revenues from advertising
in the past and expect to derive a substantial amount of our revenues from
advertising for the foreseeable future. No standards have been widely accepted
to measure the effectiveness of Internet advertising. If such standards do not
develop, existing advertisers might not continue their current levels of
Internet advertising. Furthermore, advertisers that have traditionally relied
upon other advertising media may be reluctant to advertise on the Internet. In
addition, advertisers that have already invested substantial resources in other
advertising methods may be reluctant to adopt a new strategy. Our business would
be harmed if the market for Internet advertising fails to continue to develop or
develops more slowly than expected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business--Our Business
Strategy" and "--Marketing and Sales."
 
Companies use various pricing models to sell advertising on the Internet. It is
difficult to predict which, if any, of these pricing models will emerge as the
industry standard, which makes it difficult to project future advertising rates
and revenues. For example, insistence by advertisers that advertising rates be
based on the number of click throughs, or user requests for additional
information made by clicking on the advertisement, instead of rates based solely
on the number of advertising impressions, or the number of times an
advertisement is displayed, could adversely affect revenues because impression-
based advertising comprises substantially all of our current advertising
revenues. Advertising revenues could be adversely affected if we cannot adapt to
new Internet advertising pricing models. Moreover,
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
filtering software programs that limit or prevent advertising from being
delivered to an Internet user's computer are available. Widespread adoption of
this filtering software by Internet users could adversely affect the commercial
viability of Internet advertising, which would harm our business.
 
It is important to advertisers that we accurately measure the size and
demographics of our user base and accurately verify the number of advertising
impressions we deliver. We depend on third parties to provide these measurement
services. If they cannot provide these services in the future, we will be
required to perform them ourselves or obtain them from another provider. This
could cause us to incur additional costs or cause interruptions in business
during the time we are replacing these services.
 
WE DEPEND ON A LIMITED NUMBER OF ADVERTISERS. Substantially all of our revenues
to date have been derived from a limited number of customers who advertise on
our Web sites and related Internet media properties. We expect that a limited
number of advertisers will continue to account for a significant portion of our
revenues. In particular, our largest advertiser accounted for 22% of our total
revenues for the three months ended December 31, 1998. Our top 20 advertisers
together accounted for 61% of our total revenues during the same period.
Moreover, we typically sell advertisements under purchase order agreements.
These agreements are subject to cancellation by our advertisers. If we lose one
or more of the advertisers that represent a material portion of the revenues we
have generated to date, our business, results of operations and financial
condition would be harmed. In addition, if a significant advertiser fails to pay
amounts it owes us, or does not pay those amounts on time, our business, results
of operations and financial condition could suffer. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
THE SEASONALITY OF OUR ADVERTISING REVENUES COULD CAUSE OUR OVERALL REVENUES TO
FLUCTUATE. We believe that advertising sales in traditional media, such as print
publishing, generally are lower in the first and third calendar quarters of each
year due to buying patterns of advertisers. The revenue growth of our
predecessor business, iWorld, was also generally lower in the first and third
quarters. Therefore, we believe that the growth of our advertising revenues,
which constitute a significant portion of our total revenues, may be lower in
the first and third quarters of each year. If the Internet makes the transition
from an emerging to a more developed advertising medium, we may experience
similar seasonal patterns as those in the traditional media industry. As a
result, our stock price may be lower after the announcement of our results for
the first and third quarters than at other times of the year.
 
WE DEPEND ON AN EFFECTIVE DIRECT SALES FORCE. We depend on our direct sales
force to sell advertising on our Web sites, e-mail newsletters, online
discussion forums and moderated e-mail discussion lists. We also depend on our
sales force to find e-commerce affiliates. This dependence involves a number of
risks, including:
 
      -      the need to increase the size of our direct sales force;
 
      -      the need to hire, retain, integrate and motivate additional sales
             and sales support personnel;
 
      -      lack of experience at internet.com of our new sales personnel; and
 
      -      competition from other companies in hiring and retaining sales
             personnel.
 
Our business may suffer if we do not maintain an effective direct sales force.
 
WE FACE INTENSE COMPETITION. The market for Internet-based content offerings and
services is relatively new, intensely competitive and rapidly changing. Since
the advent of commercial services on the Internet, the number of online services
competing for users' attention and spending has proliferated. We expect that
competition will continue to intensify. We compete with other companies that
direct
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
some of their overall Web content and services at the Internet professional
community, such as Ziff-Davis Inc.'s ZDNet, C/NET, Inc., CMP Media Inc.,
EarthWeb Inc. and Wired Digital Inc. We also compete for circulation and
advertising impressions with general interest portal and destination Web sites
as well as traditional media.
 
An important part of our strategy is to develop and increase the reputation of
our brand names. If we are unable to do so, or if our competitors develop their
brand names more successfully than we do, our future growth, and our business,
results of operations and financial condition, could suffer.
 
Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories,
larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and significantly greater
financial, marketing and other resources than we have. These competitors may be
able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in
customer requirements and to devote greater resources to the development,
promotion and sale of their products and services than we can. We might not be
able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors. See
"Business--Competition."
 
WE MIGHT NOT BE ABLE TO ADEQUATELY MANAGE OUR GROWTH. Our recent growth has
placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial,
operational and financial resources. We must continue to implement and improve
our operational and financial systems and to expand, train and manage our
employee base to manage this future growth. We also intend to establish or
acquire additional Web sites and related Internet media properties which will
create additional operational and management complexities. In addition, we
expect that our operational and management systems will face increased strain as
a result of the expansion of our content offerings and services. We might not be
able to manage effectively the expansion of our operations and systems, and our
procedures and controls might not be adequate to support our operations. In
addition, our management might not be able to make and execute decisions rapidly
enough to exploit market opportunities for the expansion of our content
offerings and services. If we are unable to manage growth effectively, our
business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer.
 
WE MIGHT BE UNABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY IMPLEMENT OUR ACQUISITION STRATEGY. We have
acquired and intend to continue to acquire complementary Web sites and related
Internet media properties, companies, technologies, services or products as
appropriate opportunities arise. If we identify an appropriate acquisition
opportunity, we might not be able to negotiate the terms of that acquisition
successfully, finance it, or integrate its personnel and operations. We may also
have difficulty continuing to acquire Web sites at the prices historically paid
due to the escalation of Internet media valuations. If we make acquisitions
outside of our core business, assimilating the acquired technology, services or
products into our operations could be difficult. This may cause a disruption in
our ongoing business, distract management and make it difficult to maintain
standards, controls and procedures. In addition, we might be required to incur
debt or issue equity securities to pay for any future acquisitions. If the
market price for acquisition targets increases substantially, our future growth
could be harmed.
 
OUR SYSTEMS ARE SUBJECT TO DAMAGE FROM NATURAL DISASTERS, TELECOMMUNICATION
FAILURES, ELECTRONIC BREAK-INS AND SIMILAR PROBLEMS. Substantially all of our
communications hardware and certain other computer hardware operations are
located at our facility in Westport, Connecticut. These systems could be damaged
by fire, floods, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunication failures, electronic
break-ins and similar events. Our Web sites and related Internet media
properties could also be affected by computer viruses, electronic break-ins or
other similar disruptive problems. Any of these occurrences could harm our
business. Our insurance policies have limited coverage levels and therefore
insurance may not adequately compensate us for any losses that may occur due to
any failures or interruptions in our systems. See "--The failure of computer
systems and software products to be Year 2000 compliant
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
could hurt our business" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Year 2000 Compliance."
 
OUR SYSTEMS MAY FAIL OR EXPERIENCE A SLOWDOWN AND OUR USERS DEPEND ON OTHERS FOR
ACCESS TO OUR NETWORK. Our network of Web sites and related Internet media
properties must accommodate a high volume of traffic and deliver frequently
updated information. Our network has in the past, and may in the future,
experience slower response times or decreased traffic for a variety of reasons.
We also depend on information providers to provide information and data feeds on
a timely basis. Our network of Web sites and related Internet media properties
could experience interruptions in service due to the failure or delay in the
transmission or receipt of this information. In addition, our community of
Internet users depends on Internet service providers, online service providers
and other Web sites' operators for access to our network. Those providers have
experienced outages in the past, and may experience outages or delays in the
future. Moreover, our Internet infrastructure might not be able to support
continued growth of our network of Web sites and related Internet media
properties. Any of these problems could harm our business.
 
THE FAILURE OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE PRODUCTS TO BE YEAR 2000 COMPLIANT
COULD HURT OUR BUSINESS. Our business could suffer if the computer systems we
use, as well as the computer systems used by our Internet users, advertisers and
vendors, do not correctly process the change in year from "99" to "00" on
January 1, 2000. We are working to avoid such problems and to obtain assurances
from our advertisers, vendors and other service providers that they are taking
similar steps. We believe that our computer systems will successfully handle the
Year 2000 issue, but there may be parts of our computer systems and aspects of
the Year 2000 issue, including the potential cost of addressing the Year 2000
issue, that we have failed to consider. If our efforts and the efforts of our
users, advertisers, vendors and other service providers to address the Year 2000
issue are not successful, our business could be harmed. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Year
2000 Compliance."
 
WE DEPEND ON KEY MEMBERS OF OUR MANAGEMENT TEAM AND FACE INTENSE COMPETITION FOR
PERSONNEL. We depend on the continued service of our executive officers and key
employees, including, in particular, Alan M. Meckler, our Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer, and Christopher S. Cardell, our President and Chief Operating
Officer. While we maintain key person life insurance for Messrs. Meckler and
Cardell, our business could suffer if we were to lose their services.
 
We expect that we will need to hire additional personnel in all areas. The
competition for personnel in the Internet industry is intense. Any of our
personnel may terminate their employment at any time for any reason. If we do
not succeed in attracting new personnel or retaining and motivating our current
personnel, our business would be harmed.
 
WE HAVE LIMITED PROTECTION OF OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Trademarks, copyrights
and other proprietary rights are important to our success and competitive
position. We seek to protect our trademarks, copyrights and other proprietary
rights, but our actions may be inadequate to protect our trademarks, copyrights
and other proprietary rights or to prevent others from claiming violations of
their trademarks and other proprietary rights. In seeking to protect our
trademarks, copyrights and other proprietary rights, or defending ourselves
against claims of infringement brought by others, with or without merit, we
could face costly litigation and the diversion of our management's attention and
resources. This could harm our business.
 
THERE ARE A NUMBER OF RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS THAT COULD
HARM OUR BUSINESS. One component of our growth strategy is to further expand
into international markets. Our international operations are at an early stage
of development and have an extremely limited operating history. In
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
addition, the markets in which we have undertaken international expansion have
technology and online industries that are less developed than in the United
States.
 
There are certain risks inherent in doing business in international markets,
such as the following:
 
      -      uncertainty of product acceptance by different cultures;
 
      -      unforeseen changes in regulatory requirements;
 
      -      difficulties in staffing and managing multinational operations;
 
      -      government-imposed restrictions on the repatriation of funds;
 
      -      currency fluctuations;
 
      -      difficulties in finding appropriate foreign licensees or joint
             venture partners; and
 
      -      potentially adverse tax consequences.
 
These factors could harm our ability to successfully operate internationally and
could harm our business.
 
RISKS RELATED TO THE INTERNET INDUSTRY
 
OUR FUTURE RESULTS DEPEND ON CONTINUED GROWTH IN THE USE OF THE INTERNET. Our
market is new and rapidly evolving. Our business could suffer if Internet usage
does not continue to grow. Internet usage may be inhibited for a number of
reasons, including:
 
      -      inadequate network infrastructure;
 
      -      security concerns;
 
      -      inconsistent quality of service;
 
      -      lack of availability of cost-effective and high-speed service; and
 
      -      changes in government regulation of the Internet.
 
If Internet usage grows, the Internet infrastructure might not be able to
support the demands placed on it by this growth or its performance and
reliability may decline. In addition, future outages and other interruptions
occurring throughout the Internet could lead to decreased use of our network of
Web sites and related Internet media properties and would therefore harm our
business.
 
WE COULD BE SUED FOR INFORMATION RETRIEVED FROM THE INTERNET. We may face
liability for defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement,
personal injury, or other claims due to the nature of content on our network of
Web sites and related Internet media properties, including content placed on our
network by others. Such claims may also include, among others, claims that by
providing hypertext links to Web sites operated by third parties, we are liable
for wrongful actions by those third parties through such Web sites. Similar
claims have been brought, and sometimes successfully asserted, against online
services. It is also possible that users could make claims against us for losses
incurred in reliance on information provided on our network. Although we carry
general liability insurance, and set forth our terms and conditions of use on
our network, our insurance might not cover potential claims of this type or
might not be adequate to fully protect us. Also, the legal effectiveness of our
terms and conditions of use is uncertain. Any liability or legal defense
expenses that are not covered by insurance could harm our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND LEGAL UNCERTAINTIES COULD ADD ADDITIONAL COSTS AND
RISKS TO DOING BUSINESS ON THE INTERNET. There are currently few laws or
regulations that specifically regulate communications or commerce on the
Internet. However, laws and regulations may be adopted in the future that
address issues such as user privacy, pricing and the characteristics and quality
of products and services. For example, although it was held unconstitutional,
the Telecommunications Act of 1996 prohibited certain types of information and
content from being transmitted over the Internet. Several other nations have
taken actions to restrict the free flow of material deemed to be objectionable
on the Internet. In addition, local telephone carriers have argued before the
Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, that Internet service providers and
online service providers should be required to pay fees for access to local
telephone networks in a manner similar to long distance telephone carriers. If
these efforts are successful, costs for Internet access could increase sharply.
Moreover, it may take years to determine the extent to which existing laws
relating to issues such as property ownership, libel and personal privacy are
applicable to the Internet. Any new laws or regulations relating to the Internet
could harm our business.
 
REGULATION COULD REDUCE THE VALUE OF OUR DOMAIN NAMES. We own the Internet
domain name "internet.com," as well as numerous other domain names both in the
United States and internationally. Domain names generally are regulated by
Internet regulatory bodies. The regulation of domain names in the United States
and in foreign countries is subject to change. Regulatory bodies could establish
additional top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars or
modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we might not
acquire or maintain the "internet.com" or comparable domain names in all the
countries in which we conduct business, which could harm our business.
Furthermore, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and
laws protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights is unclear and still
evolving. Therefore, we might be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring
domain names that infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and
other proprietary rights. If this occurred, our business could suffer.
 
THE INTERNET INDUSTRY IS CHARACTERIZED BY RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE. Rapid
technological developments, evolving industry standards and user demands, and
frequent new product introductions and enhancements characterize the market for
Internet products and services. These market characteristics are exacerbated by
the emerging nature of the market and the fact that many companies are expected
to introduce new Internet products and services in the near future. Our future
success will depend on our ability to continually improve our content offerings
and services. In addition, the widespread adoption of developing
multimedia-enabling technologies could require fundamental and costly changes in
our technology and could fundamentally affect the nature, viability and
measurability of Internet-based advertising, which could harm our business.
 
RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING
 
THERE HAS BEEN NO PUBLIC TRADING MARKET FOR OUR STOCK PRIOR TO THIS OFFERING AND
OUR STOCK PRICE COULD BE EXTREMELY VOLATILE. There has not previously been a
public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which
investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading
market or how liquid any trading market might become. The initial public
offering price for the shares of our common stock will be determined by
negotiations between internet.com and the representatives of our underwriters
and might not reflect prices that will prevail in the trading market. The stock
market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations and the market
prices of securities of technology companies, particularly Internet-related
companies, have been highly volatile. Investors might not be able to resell
their shares at or above the initial public offering price. In the past,
following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities,
securities class action litigation has often been instituted against such a
company. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of
our management's attention and resources.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
OUR STOCK OWNERSHIP WILL BE CONCENTRATED IN A SMALL NUMBER OF PEOPLE. As of
March 31, 1999, the present directors, executive officers, greater than 5%
stockholders and their affiliates beneficially owned approximately   % of our
outstanding common stock, after giving effect to this offering. As of March 31,
1999, Alan M. Meckler and certain of his affiliates beneficially owned
approximately   % of our outstanding common stock, after giving effect to this
offering. As a result of his beneficial ownership, Mr. Meckler, acting alone or
with others, will be able to control all matters requiring stockholder approval,
including the election of directors and approval of significant transactions.
This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying or
preventing a change in control of internet.com. See "Principal and Selling
Stockholders."
 
OUR CHARTER DOCUMENTS AND DELAWARE LAW MAY INHIBIT A TAKEOVER. Certain
provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and
Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even
if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions
include the ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock which may
have rights and preferences that are superior to those of our common stock,
thereby deterring a potential acquiror. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Delaware Anti-takeover Law and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR PUBLIC SALE AFTER THIS OFFERING COULD HURT OUR STOCK PRICE.
After this offering there will be outstanding       shares of our common stock.
There will be       shares outstanding if our underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering
will be freely tradeable except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates" as
that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining
20,000,000 shares held by our directors, officers, employees, certain outside
stockholders, greater than 5% stockholders and their affiliates will be
"restricted securities" and will become eligible for sale on the first
anniversary of the closing of this offering, subject to the volume limitations
and other conditions of Rule 144. In addition, 180 days after this offering, at
least 4,500 shares will be issuable upon the exercise of options (based on
options outstanding as of April 13, 1999). Sales of a large number of shares
could hurt the market price for our common stock. See "Certain Transactions" and
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
None of our directors, officers or greater than 5% stockholders has any
restrictions on selling any of our securities held by him or her, other than as
provided in lock-up agreements with U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. and William
Blair & Company, L.L.C. and under applicable securities laws. In addition,
Internet World Media, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Penton Media, can require us
to register its shares of our common stock for public sale if we register any
more of our equity securities after this offering (with some exceptions, such as
if we register securities issuable under our stock option plan). Any sales by
Internet World Media following this offering could hurt the trading price of our
common stock. See "Certain Transactions--Registration Rights Agreement" and
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
YOU WILL INCUR IMMEDIATE DILUTION IN THIS OFFERING. The initial public offering
price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book
value per share of the outstanding common stock immediately after this offering.
Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur
immediate dilution of approximately $      in the net tangible book value per
share of common stock from the price you pay for such common stock (based upon
an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share). See "Dilution."
 
THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. THESE STATEMENTS RELATE TO OUR FUTURE PLANS, OBJECTIVES,
EXPECTATIONS AND INTENTIONS. THESE STATEMENTS MAY BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF
WORDS SUCH AS "EXPERTS," "ANTICIPATES," "INTENDS," "PLANS," AND SIMILAR
EXPRESSIONS. OUR ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE DISCUSSED IN
THESE STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT COULD CONTRIBUTE TO THESE DIFFERENCES INCLUDE
THOSE DISCUSSED AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The net proceeds from the sale of the       shares of our common stock offered
by us are estimated to be $    million ($    million if the underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). This assumes an initial public
offering price of $    per share and also reflects a deduction for the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The
principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, create a
public market for internet.com common stock and facilitate our future access to
the public capital markets.
 
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds for repayment of debt incurred
under our line of credit agreement (approximately $1.9 million as of December
31, 1998). This debt matures on November 15, 1999 and bears interest at a rate
based on the lower of prime plus 1% or LIBOR plus .65% (5.7% as of December 31,
1998). We expect to use the remainder of the net proceeds for potential
strategic acquisitions and general corporate purposes, including working capital
and expansion of editorial, marketing and sales activities. The amounts actually
expended for such working capital purposes may vary significantly and will
depend on a number of factors, including the amount of our future revenues and
the other factors described under "Risk Factors." Accordingly, our management
will retain broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds of this
offering. Pending such uses, the net proceeds of this offering will be invested
in short-term, interest-bearing, investment grade securities.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have not in the past paid any dividends on our equity securities and
anticipate that we will retain any future earnings for use in the expansion and
operation of our business. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at
the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial
condition, results of operations and capital requirements.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our historical capitalization (assuming the
conversion of internet.com LLC into a corporation) as of December 31, 1998,
which has been adjusted, on a pro forma basis, to reflect the sale of    shares
of common stock offered hereby at an assumed offering price of $  per share and
the exercise by Internet World Media of its warrant to purchase 2,075,634 shares
of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Borrowings under line of credit (1).......................................................  $   1,886   $  --
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 4,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and
  outstanding (actual)....................................................................     --          --
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized, 16,215,891 shares issued and
  outstanding, actual;       shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted ........        162
Additional paid-in capital................................................................     22,310
Accumulated deficit.......................................................................     (2,908)     (2,908)
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
        Total capitalization..............................................................  $  21,450   $
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
(1)  See Note 6 of notes to internet.com LLC financial statements for a
    description of borrowings under line of credit.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 1998 (assuming the conversion of
internet.com LLC into a corporation as of that date) was $19,564,000, or $1.21
per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share
represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided
by the pro forma shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 1998. Our
pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 1998 would have been
$      , or $      per share. These amounts reflect the issuance and sale of our
common stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of
$      per share and deductions for estimated underwriting discounts,
commissions and offering expenses. This represents an immediate increase in pro
forma net tangible book value of $      per share to existing stockholders and
an immediate dilution of $      per share to new investors. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share...............................
  Net tangible book value per share at December 31, 1998......................  $    1.21
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new
    investors.................................................................
                                                                                ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after offering (as adjusted)......
                                                                                           ---------
Dilution per share to new investors...........................................             $
                                                                                           ---------
                                                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
The table below summarizes, on a pro forma basis, as of December 31, 1998, the
following differences between our existing stockholders and new investors
purchasing our common stock in this offering:
 
      -      the number of shares purchased from internet.com;
 
      -      the aggregate cash consideration paid; and
 
      -      the average price per share paid.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                                     -------------------------  --------------------------   AVERAGE PRICE
                                                        NUMBER       PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT       PER SHARE
                                                     ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Existing stockholders (1)..........................    16,215,891           %   $  22,471,910           %      $    1.39
New investors (2)..................................
                                                     ------------       -----   -------------       -----          -----
    Total..........................................                      100%                        100%      $
                                                     ------------       -----   -------------       -----          -----
                                                     ------------       -----   -------------       -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
(1)  Reflects the conversion of internet.com LLC into a corporation as if it had
    occurred as of the inception of internet.com on November 24, 1998.
 
(2)  Amounts reflect the exercise by Internet World Media of its warrant.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                    (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the
financial statements of internet.com, the accompanying notes and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The
selected financial data of the iWorld division of Mecklermedia for the period
from inception (December 7, 1994) through September 30, 1995, the years ended
September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months ended December 31,
1997, as well as the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997 are derived from
financial statements of the iWorld division of Mecklermedia. The selected
financial data for the three months ended December 31, 1998 was derived from the
combined financial data of iWorld and internet.com. The balance sheet data as of
December 31, 1998 are derived from financial data of internet.com. These
financial statements, except for the selected statements of operations data for
the iWorld division of Mecklermedia for the period from inception (December 7,
1994) through September 30, 1995, and the three months ended December 31, 1997
as well as the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997, have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants. See "Index to Financial
Statements."
 
The financial information of the iWorld division of Mecklermedia included herein
is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations, financial position
and cash flows of internet.com had it been a stand-alone entity at such times.
It is also not indicative of the results of operations, financial position and
cash flows of internet.com in the future. The share information reflects the
conversion of internet.com from a limited liability company into a corporation
as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of each period indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        INCEPTION                                                         THREE MONTHS
                                      (DECEMBER 7,                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED                       ENDED
                                      1994) THROUGH   -------------------------------------------------  ---------------
                                      SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,
                                         1995(1)          1996(1)          1997(1)          1998(1)          1997(1)
                                     ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                  <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues...........................     $     123        $     498        $   1,479        $   3,544        $     769
Cost of revenues...................            39              536            1,171            2,171              343
                                            -----          -------          -------          -------            -----
    Gross profit...................            84              (38)             308            1,373              426
Operating expenses
  Advertising, promotion and
    selling........................            69              285              881            1,406              325
  General and administrative.......           419              727              751            1,349              236
  Depreciation.....................        --                   85              326              429              101
  Amortization.....................        --                  109              505              920              208
  Purchased in-process research and
    development....................        --               --               --               --               --
                                            -----          -------          -------          -------            -----
    Total operating expenses.......           488            1,206            2,463            4,104              870
                                            -----          -------          -------          -------            -----
Operating loss.....................          (404)          (1,244)          (2,155)          (2,731)            (444)
Interest expense, net..............        --               --               --               --               --
                                            -----          -------          -------          -------            -----
Net loss...........................     $    (404)       $  (1,244)       $  (2,155)       $  (2,731)       $    (444)
                                            -----          -------          -------          -------            -----
                                            -----          -------          -------          -------            -----
Basic and diluted net loss per
  share............................
Common shares used to compute basic
  and diluted net loss per share...
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                         1998(2)
                                     ---------------
<S>                                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues...........................     $   1,550
Cost of revenues...................           859
                                          -------
    Gross profit...................           691
Operating expenses
  Advertising, promotion and
    selling........................           680
  General and administrative.......           644
  Depreciation.....................            82
  Amortization.....................           652
  Purchased in-process research and
    development....................         2,000
                                          -------
    Total operating expenses.......         4,058
                                          -------
Operating loss.....................        (3,367)
Interest expense, net..............            (8)
                                          -------
Net loss...........................     $  (3,375)
                                          -------
                                          -------
Basic and diluted net loss per
  share............................     $    (.21)
                                          -------
                                          -------
Common shares used to compute basic
  and diluted net loss per share...        16,216
                                          -------
                                          -------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1997(1)          1998(1)         1997(1)        1998(3)
                                                        ---------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.............................     $      --        $      --       $      --      $     129
Working capital (deficit).............................          (166)             286              58         (1,859)
Total assets..........................................         2,812            7,225           4,269         23,587
Borrowings under line of credit.......................            --               --              --          1,886
Total equity..........................................         2,144            6,252           3,606         19,564
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
(1)  Represents the financial data of the iWorld division of Mecklermedia
    Corporation.
(2)  Represents the financial data of both the iWorld division of Mecklermedia
    Corporation for the period from October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998
    and internet.com for the period from inception (November 24, 1998) through
    December 31, 1998.
(3)  Represents the financial data of internet.com.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our financial
statements and the accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our
plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from
those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or
contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed
below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in "Risk Factors."
 
OVERVIEW
 
We are a leading network of integrated business-to-business vertical content Web
sites and related Internet media properties focused solely on the Internet
industry. Our network consists of nine integrated business-to-business vertical
content channels that contain 53 Web sites, 32 e-mail newsletters, 54 online
discussion forums and 52 moderated e-mail discussion lists focused solely on the
Internet industry. During the month of March 1999, we delivered 40.6 million
page views to approximately 1.7 million unique users and 7 million copies of our
e-mail newsletters to 590,000 subscribers, and 8.6 million postings were
generated by 27,000 subscribers to our moderated e-mail discussion lists.
 
We were formed in November 1998 following the acquisition of Mecklermedia by
Penton Media. As part of the acquisition, Penton Media agreed to contribute all
the assets of Mecklermedia's Internet media business division, iWorld, to a
newly formed limited liability company, internet.com LLC. As part of this
acquisition agreement, we reserved 4% of our total membership units for grants
to certain of our employees. As these grants were completed in March 1999, we
have recorded a $1.6 million compensation charge during the three months ended
March 31, 1999 reflecting the fair value of the membership units granted. Prior
to the acquisition of Mecklermedia by Penton Media, iWorld operated as one of
three business lines which comprised Mecklermedia. Our predecessor Web sites,
MecklerWeb and iWorld.com, were among the first Web sites dedicated to covering
Internet developments. See "Certain Transactions--Formation Transactions."
 
We generate revenues from the following primary sources:
 
      -      advertising on our Web sites, e-mail newsletters, online discussion
             forums and moderated e-mail discussion lists;
 
      -      e-commerce agreements;
 
      -      paid subscription services; and
 
      -      licensing of our editorial content, brands and software.
 
We barter portions of the unsold advertising impressions generated by our Web
sites and related Internet media properties for advertising and promotion in
media properties owned by Penton Media and other third parties. We do not record
any revenues or expenses for such barter because we do not receive or expend any
cash and because the valuation of such transactions is difficult to establish.
We also believe that not recording any revenues or expenses for barter more
accurately reflects our actual results of operations and as a result provides a
more meaningful presentation to the users of our financial statements.
 
We derive substantially all of our revenues from the sale of advertising. We
recognize advertising revenue ratably in the period the advertising is
displayed, provided that no significant company
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
obligations remain outstanding and collection of the resulting receivable is
probable. Such obligations typically include guarantees of a minimum number of
advertising impressions, or times an advertisement is displayed. We use a direct
sales force to sell advertising to companies and advertising agencies.
 
Our e-commerce agreements generally include advertising on our Web sites, as
well as revenue sharing for sales made by the e-commerce affiliates as a result
of links from our network. We recognize the advertising component of these
agreements ratably in the period the advertising is displayed, provided that no
significant company obligations remain and collection of the remaining
receivable is probable. We recognize the revenue sharing component of these
agreements as revenue in the period that the underlying sales are made by the
e-commerce affiliate.
 
Paid subscription services relate to customer subscriptions to our paid e-mail
newsletters, Internet Stock Report's Monthly HotWatch, Internet StockTracker and
SearchEngineWatch, which are sold through our network of Web sites and related
Internet media properties and through affiliate relationships. Revenue from
subscriptions is recognized ratably over the subscription period. Deferred
revenues relate to the portion of collected subscription fees which has not yet
been recognized as revenue.
 
Our licensing agreements vary in structure, with internet.com generating fixed
fees, royalties or both for access to our editorial content, brands or software.
We generally license our editorial content, brands and software to various
offline and online media companies.
 
Since July 1995, we have acquired 30 Web sites and related Internet media
properties, including 19 since March 1, 1998. We expect to continue to pursue
strategic acquisitions to strengthen our content, community and commerce
offerings.
 
We believe that advertising sales in traditional media, such as print
publishing, generally are lower in the first and third calendar quarters of each
year due to buying patterns of advertisers. The revenue growth of our
predecessor business, iWorld, was also generally lower in the first and third
quarters. Therefore, we believe that the growth of our advertising revenues,
which constitute a significant portion of our total revenues, may be lower in
the first and third quarters of each year. If the Internet makes the transition
from an emerging to a more developed advertising medium, we may experience
similar seasonal patterns as those in the traditional media industry. See "Risk
Factors--The seasonality of our advertising revenues could cause our overall
revenues to fluctuate."
 
We have sustained losses on a quarterly and annual basis in the past. We expect
to incur significantly higher costs, particularly advertising, promotion and
selling expense, to grow our business. As a result, we expect to incur
significant operating losses for the foreseeable future and because costs are
largely fixed in the short term, we expect to be vulnerable to significant
fluctuations in operating losses if actual revenues fall below anticipated
levels. Furthermore, given the rapidly evolving nature of our business and our
limited operating history, our operating results are difficult to forecast and
period-to-period comparison of our operating results will not be meaningful and
should not be relied upon as any indication of future performance. Due to these
and other factors, many of which are outside our control, quarterly operating
results may fluctuate significantly in the future. See "Risk Factors--We have a
limited operating history," "--We anticipate continued losses" and "--Our
quarterly operating results are subject to significant fluctuations."
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Costs have been allocated to the iWorld division of Mecklermedia based on our
management's estimate of the costs attributable to its operations. Such
allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs that would have been
incurred if the iWorld division of Mecklermedia had been a stand-alone entity.
The following table sets forth certain statement of operations data as a
percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       THREE MONTHS
                                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED                       ENDED
                                                   -------------------------------------------------  ---------------
                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                       1996(1)          1997(1)          1998(1)          1997(1)
                                                   ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues.........................................           100%             100%             100%             100%
Cost of revenues.................................           108               79               61               45
                                                        -------          -------          -------            -----
Gross profit.....................................            (8)              21               39               55
                                                        -------          -------          -------            -----
Operating expenses:
  Advertising, promotion and selling.............            57               60               40               42
  General and administrative.....................           146               51               38               31
  Depreciation...................................            17               22               12               13
  Amortization...................................            22               34               26               27
  Purchased in-process research and
    development..................................            --               --               --               --
                                                        -------          -------          -------            -----
Total operating expenses.........................           242              167              116              113
                                                        -------          -------          -------            -----
Operating loss...................................          (250)            (146)             (77)             (58)
                                                        -------          -------          -------            -----
Interest expense, net............................            --               --               --               --
                                                        -------          -------          -------            -----
Net loss.........................................          (250)%           (146   )%          (77   )%          (58  )%
                                                        -------          -------          -------            -----
                                                        -------          -------          -------            -----
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                       1998(2)
                                                   ---------------
<S>                                                <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues.........................................           100%
Cost of revenues.................................            55
                                                        -------
Gross profit.....................................            45
                                                        -------
Operating expenses:
  Advertising, promotion and selling.............            44
  General and administrative.....................            42
  Depreciation...................................             5
  Amortization...................................            42
  Purchased in-process research and
    development..................................           129
                                                        -------
Total operating expenses.........................           262
                                                        -------
Operating loss...................................          (217)
                                                        -------
Interest expense, net............................             1
                                                        -------
Net loss.........................................          (218   )%
                                                        -------
                                                        -------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
(1)  Represents the financial data of the iWorld division of Mecklermedia
    Corporation.
 
(2)  Represents the financial data of both the iWorld division of Mecklermedia
    Corporation for the period from October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998
    and internet.com for the period from inception (November 24, 1998) through
    December 31, 1998.
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1998
 
REVENUES. We generate revenues from advertising on our Web sites, e-mail
newsletters, online discussion forums and moderated e-mail discussion lists;
e-commerce agreements; licensing of our editorial content, brands and software;
and paid subscription services. Revenues increased 102% from $769,000 for the
three months ended December 31, 1997 to approximately $1.6 million for the three
months ended December 31, 1998, primarily due to increased advertising on our
network of Web sites and related Internet media properties. While we anticipate
that advertising revenues will continue to represent a substantial majority of
our revenues for the foreseeable future, we believe that numerous other revenue
sources will expand and diversify our future revenue streams.
 
COST OF REVENUES. Cost of revenues primarily consists of expenses associated
with editorial, communications infrastructure and Web site hosting. Cost of
revenues increased from $343,000 for the three months ended December 31, 1997 to
$859,000 for the three months ended December 31, 1998, primarily due to the
increased hiring of editorial, technology and operations personnel and expenses
for freelance contributors. As a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues was
45% for the three months ended December 31, 1997 and 55% for the three months
ended December 31, 1998. We anticipate that our cost of revenues will continue
to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to strengthen our existing
content offerings and services. We anticipate hiring additional editorial,
technology and operations personnel, as well as freelance contributors, as we
acquire additional Web sites and related Internet media properties and expand
our proprietary content.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
ADVERTISING, PROMOTION AND SELLING. Advertising, promotion and selling expenses
primarily consist of costs related to sales and marketing staff, sales
commissions and promotion costs. Advertising, promotion and selling expenses
increased from $325,000 for the three months ended December 31, 1997 to $680,000
for the three months ended December 31, 1998, primarily due to increased hiring
of advertising sales personnel. As a percentage of revenues, advertising,
promotion and selling expenses were 42% for the three months ended December 31,
1997 and 44% for the three months ended December 31, 1998. We anticipate that
our advertising, promotion and selling expenses will continue to increase in
absolute dollars, primarily due to our planned hiring of additional sales
personnel in an effort to increase our advertising sales as well as increased
expenses for the promotion of our content offerings and services to our
community of Internet users, advertisers and vendors.
 
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses primarily
consist of salaries, professional fees, facilities costs and bad debt expense.
General and administrative expenses increased from $236,000 for the three months
ended December 31, 1997 to $644,000 for the three months ended December 31,
1998, primarily due to the hiring of additional personnel and increased
professional fees. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative
expenses were 31% for the three months ended December 31, 1997 and 42% for the
three months ended December 31, 1998. We expect that our general and
administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars, but these
expenses are expected to decrease as a percentage of revenues. We anticipate
hiring additional personnel and incurring additional costs related to being a
public company, including directors' and officers' liability insurance, investor
relations programs and professional services fees.
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Depreciation of property and equipment was
$101,000 for the three months ended December 31, 1997 and $82,000 for the three
months ended December 31, 1998. Amortization of intangibles increased from
$208,000 for the three months ended December 31, 1997 to $652,000 for the three
months ended December 31, 1998 primarily due to the acquisition of Web sites and
related Internet media properties. As a percentage of revenues, amortization of
intangibles was 27% for the three months ended December 31, 1997 and 42% for the
three months ended December 31, 1998. We anticipate that depreciation and
amortization will continue to increase as we acquire additional Web sites and
related Internet media properties. We also anticipate increasing our capital
expenditures to support the current and expected growth of our business.
 
PURCHASED IN-PROCESS RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. In connection with our formation
on November 24, 1998, we recorded a $2.0 million charge for purchased in-process
research and development projects initiated by our predecessor entity that had
not reached technological feasibility and had no probable alternative future
uses. This amount, which was determined by an independent appraiser, was
expensed at our date of inception. Management believes that the assumptions used
in the independent appraiser's valuation of the purchased in-process research
and development are reasonable. However, no assurance can be given that
commercial or technological viability of these projects will be achieved or that
actual results will not deviate from those assumptions in future periods.
 
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET. Interest expense, net of interest income, related to
borrowings under our line of credit was $8,000 for the three months ended
December 31, 1998.
 
FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
 
REVENUES. Revenues were $498,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996,
approximately $1.5 million for the year ended September 30, 1997 and $3.5
million for the year ended September 30, 1998, representing increases of 197%,
from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 and 140%, from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. The
197% increase from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 was primarily due to an increase
in banner advertising. The 140% increase from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998 was
primarily due to an increase in
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
banner advertising from a growing number of advertisers as well as new revenue
from e-commerce and licensing agreements.
 
COST OF REVENUES. Cost of revenues was $536,000 for the year ended September 30,
1996, approximately $1.2 million for the year ended September 30, 1997 and $2.2
million for the year ended September 30, 1998. As a percentage of revenues, cost
of revenues was 108% for the year ended September 30, 1996, 79% for the year
ended September 30, 1997 and 61% for the year ended September 30, 1998. These
increases were primarily due to increased payroll costs for editorial,
technology and operations personnel to support the current and anticipated
future growth of our network of Web sites and related Internet media properties.
 
ADVERTISING, PROMOTION AND SELLING. Advertising, promotion and selling expenses
were $285,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996, $881,000 for the year ended
September 30, 1997 and approximately $1.4 million for the year ended September
30, 1998, representing increases of 209% from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 and 60%
from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. These increases were primarily due to the
hiring of additional advertising sales personnel and related sales commissions.
 
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses were $727,000
for the year ended September 30, 1996, $751,000 for the year ended September 30,
1997 and approximately $1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 1998,
representing increases of 3% from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 and 80% from fiscal
1997 to fiscal 1998. These increases were due primarily to increases in payroll
for administrative personnel and professional fees to support the growth of our
business and an increase in bad debt expense.
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Depreciation of property and equipment was
$85,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996, $326,000 for the year ended
September 30, 1997 and $429,000 for the year ended September 30, 1998,
representing increases of 284% from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 and 32% from
fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. These increases were primarily due to our increased
capital expenditures which were required to support the current and anticipated
future growth of our network. Amortization of intangible assets was $109,000 for
the year ended September 30, 1996, $505,000 for the year ended September 30,
1997 and $920,000 for the year ended September 30, 1998, representing increases
of 363% from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 and 82% from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998.
These increases were primarily due to our acquisitions of Web sites and related
Internet media properties.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following tables set forth certain unaudited statements of operations data
for the nine quarters ended December 31, 1998, as well as the percentage of our
revenues represented by each item. These data have been derived from unaudited
interim financial statements prepared on the same basis as the audited financial
statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a full
presentation of such information when read in conjunction with the financial
statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                                       DEC. 31,     MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,     SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,     MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,
                                        1996(1)      1997(1)      1997(1)      1997(1)      1997(1)      1998(1)      1998(1)
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Revenues............................   $     323    $     346    $     350    $     460    $     769    $     831    $     971
Cost of revenues....................         256          339          299          277          343          567          577
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross profit........................          67            7           51          183          426          264          394
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating expenses:
  Advertising, promotion and
    selling.........................         207          189          292          193          325          283          491
  General and administrative........         158          172          198          223          236          348          363
  Depreciation......................          42           91           94           99          101          102          109
  Amortization......................          58           84          156          207          208          222          238
  Purchased in-process research and
    development.....................          --           --           --           --           --           --           --
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Total operating expenses............         465          536          740          722          870          955        1,201
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating loss......................        (398)        (529)        (689)        (539)        (444)        (691)        (807)
Interest expense, net...............          --           --           --           --           --           --           --
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net loss............................   $    (398)   $    (529)   $    (689)   $    (539)   $    (444)   $    (691)   $    (807)
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
AS A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES
Revenues............................         100%         100%         100%         100%         100%         100%         100%
Cost of revenues....................          79           98           85           60           45           68           59
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross profit........................          21            2           15           40           55           32           41
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating expenses:
  Advertising, promotion and
    selling.........................          64           55           83           42           42           34           51
  General and administrative........          49           50           57           48           31           42           37
  Depreciation......................          13           26           27           22           13           12           11
  Amortization......................          18           24           45           45           27           27           25
  Purchased in-process research and
    development.....................          --           --           --           --           --           --           --
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Total operating expenses............         144          155          212          157          113          115          124
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating loss......................        (123)        (153)        (197)        (117)         (58)         (83)         (83)
Interest expense, net...............          --           --           --           --           --           --           --
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net loss............................        (123)%       (153 )%       (197)%       (117)%        (58)%        (83)%        (83)%
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                   <C>          <C>
                                       SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,
                                        1998(1)      1998(2)
                                      -----------  -----------
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Revenues............................   $     973    $   1,550
Cost of revenues....................         684          859
                                      -----------  -----------
Gross profit........................         289          691
                                      -----------  -----------
Operating expenses:
  Advertising, promotion and
    selling.........................         307          680
  General and administrative........         402          644
  Depreciation......................         117           82
  Amortization......................         252          652
  Purchased in-process research and
    development.....................          --        2,000
                                      -----------  -----------
Total operating expenses............       1,078        4,058
                                      -----------  -----------
Operating loss......................        (789)      (3,367)
Interest expense, net...............          --           (8)
                                      -----------  -----------
Net loss............................   $    (789)   $  (3,375)
                                      -----------  -----------
                                      -----------  -----------
AS A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES
Revenues............................         100%         100%
Cost of revenues....................          70           55
                                      -----------  -----------
Gross profit........................          30           45
                                      -----------  -----------
Operating expenses:
  Advertising, promotion and
    selling.........................          32           44
  General and administrative........          41           42
  Depreciation......................          12            5
  Amortization......................          26           42
  Purchased in-process research and
    development.....................          --          129
                                      -----------  -----------
Total operating expenses............         111          262
                                      -----------  -----------
Operating loss......................         (81)        (217)
Interest expense, net...............          --            1
                                      -----------  -----------
Net loss............................         (81 )%       (218 )%
                                      -----------  -----------
                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
(1)  Represents the financial data of the iWorld division of Mecklermedia
    Corporation.
 
(2)  Represents the financial data of both the iWorld division of Mecklermedia
    Corporation for the period from October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998
    and internet.com for the period from inception (November 24, 1998) through
    December 31, 1998.
 
Our revenues have increased sequentially from quarter to quarter throughout the
periods since December 31, 1996 due to increased advertising on our network of
Web sites and related Internet
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
media properties. Quarterly revenues and operating results depend substantially
upon the advertising revenues received within the quarter, which are difficult
to forecast accurately. Accordingly, the cancellation or deferral of a small
number of advertising contracts could harm our business, results of operations
and financial condition. We believe that advertising sales in traditional media,
such as print publishing, generally are lower in the first and third calendar
quarters of each year due to buying patterns of advertisers. The revenue growth
of our predecessor business, iWorld, was also generally lower in the first and
third quarters. Therefore, we believe that our advertising revenues, which
constitute a significant portion of our total revenues, may be lower in the
first and third quarters of each year. If the Internet makes the transition from
an emerging to a more developed medium, we may experience similar seasonal
patterns as those in the traditional media industry. As a result, our stock
price may be lower after the announcement of our results for the first and third
quarters than at other times of the year.
 
Our operating expenses, which include advertising, promotion and selling and
general and administrative expenses, are based on expectations of future
revenues and are relatively fixed in the short term. If our advertising and
other revenues are lower than expected, we might not be able to quickly reduce
spending. In addition, we intend to significantly increase operating expenses to
expand our business.
 
Due to the foregoing factors, quarterly revenues and results of operations are
difficult to forecast. We do not believe that period-to-period comparison of our
operating results will necessarily be meaningful, and they should not be relied
upon as indicators of future performance. In one or more future quarters,
results of operations may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and
investors. In such event, the trading price of our common stock could decrease
significantly.
 
We have a limited operating history and our prospects are subject to the risks,
expenses and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in the new and
rapidly evolving markets for Internet products and services. These risks include
the failure to extend our content and service offerings, the rejection of
services by Internet users, advertisers and vendors, our inability to maintain
and increase the levels of traffic on our Web sites and related Internet media
properties, as well as other risks and uncertainties.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Since inception, we have funded operations primarily with cash from borrowings
under our line of credit, the capital contributions of members of internet.com
LLC and cash from operations. As of December 31, 1998, internet.com had a
working capital deficit of approximately $1.9 million.
 
Net cash used in operating activities was approximately $1.1 million for the
year ended September 30, 1996, $1.1 million for the year ended September 30,
1997, $1.8 million for the year ended September 30, 1998 and $2.0 million for
the three months ended December 31, 1998. Net cash used in operating activities
was primarily a result of our net losses adjusted for non-cash depreciation,
amortization and purchased in-process research and development, and increases in
accounts receivable, offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued
expenses.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $642,000 for the year
ended September 30, 1996, $2.4 million for the year ended September 30, 1997,
$5.0 million for the year ended September 30, 1998 and $3.6 million for the
three months ended December 31, 1998. Net cash used in investing activities was
primarily a result of acquisitions of Web sites and related Internet media
properties and capital expenditures.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $1.8 million for the
year ended September 30, 1996, $3.5 million for the year ended September 30,
1997, $6.8 million for the year ended September 30, 1998 and $5.8 million for
the three months ended December 31, 1998. Net cash provided by financing
activities was primarily a result of borrowings under our line of credit and
contributions from Mecklermedia Corporation.
 
Capital expenditures were $315,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996,
$740,000 for the year ended September 30, 1997, $934,000 for the year ended
September 30, 1998 and $637,000 for the three months ended December 31, 1998. We
anticipate that we will increase our capital expenditures consistent with our
anticipated growth in operations, infrastructure and personnel.
 
We have a $6.0 million line of credit with a bank secured by a personal
guarantee from Alan M. Meckler, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. We had
outstanding borrowings under the line of credit of approximately $1.9 million as
of December 31, 1998. Interest expense on this line is based on the lower of
prime plus 1% or LIBOR plus .65% (5.7% as of December 31, 1998). This line of
credit expires on November 15, 1999. Upon completion of this offering, we
anticipate terminating this line of credit.
 
We believe that the net proceeds from this offering and our cash from operations
will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital and
capital expenditures for at least 12 months following this offering. Thereafter,
if cash generated from operations is insufficient to satisfy our liquidity
requirements, we might need to raise additional funds through public or private
financing, strategic relationships or other arrangements. There can be no
assurance that such additional funding, if needed, will be available on terms
which we believe are attractive to internet.com, or at all. If we fail to raise
capital when needed, it could harm our business, operating results and financial
condition. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity
securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders would be reduced.
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
The Year 2000 issue involves the potential for system and processing failures of
date-related data resulting from computer-controlled systems using two digits
rather than four to define the applicable year. For example, computer programs
that contain time-sensitive software may recognize a date using two digits of
"00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in system
failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among
other things, a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices or
engage in similar ordinary business activities.
 
We believe that our internal software and hardware systems will function
properly with respect to dates in the year 2000 and thereafter. To date, we have
not incurred any material costs directly associated with Year 2000 compliance
efforts, except for compensation expense associated with salaried employees who
have devoted some of their time to Year 2000 assessment and remediation efforts.
We have completed our information technology assessment, and we expect to incur
no significant costs in the future for Year 2000 problems. Nonetheless, there
can be no assurance in this regard until such systems are operational in the
year 2000 and thereafter. We have contacted our significant advertisers,
suppliers, vendors and other service providers to determine the extent to which
our systems are vulnerable to those third parties' failure to make their own
systems Year 2000 compliant. We have been informed by such advertisers,
suppliers, vendors and other service providers that their systems are Year 2000
compliant. Additionally, any Year 2000 problems experienced by our advertising
customers could affect the placement of advertisements on our content offerings
and services. In the event any of our suppliers or vendors prove not to be Year
2000 compliant, we believe that we could find a replacement vendor or supplier
that is Year 2000 compliant without significant delay or expense. However, if a
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
significant portion of our suppliers, vendors or other service providers prove
not to be Year 2000 compliant, and if we experience difficulties in finding
replacement suppliers, vendors or other service providers, then our business
could suffer. Any failures by our suppliers, vendors and other service providers
to correct material Year 2000 problems could result in an interruption in, or a
failure of, certain of our normal business activities or operations. Such
failures could harm our results of operations, liquidity and financial
condition. Due to the general uncertainty inherent in the Year 2000 problem,
resulting from the uncertainty of the Year 2000 readiness of third-party
suppliers and vendors, we are unable to determine at this time whether the
consequences of Year 2000 failures will have a material impact on our results of
operations, liquidity or financial condition.
 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISKS
 
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on borrowings under
our line of credit that bears interest from time to time at the lower of the
lending bank's prime rate plus 1% or LIBOR plus .65%. Because we do not believe
that the maximum available borrowings under the line of credit are material, and
because we anticipate terminating this line of credit upon the completion of
this offering, we do not believe this risk will be material.
 
We have no derivative financial instruments or derivitave commodity instruments
in our cash and cash equivalents and investments. We invest our cash and cash
equivalents and investments in short-term, interest-bearing, investment grade
securities. We anticipate investing our net proceeds from this offering in
similar investment grade investments pending their use as described in this
prospectus. See "Use of Proceeds." Substantially all of our transactions are
conducted, and our accounts are denominated, in United States dollars.
Accordingly, we are not exposed to significant foreign currency risk.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS No. 131"), which establishes
standards for reporting information about operating segments in annual financial
statements. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about products
and services, geographic areas and major customers. SFAS No. 131 is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. We operate in one industry
segment.
 
In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA")
issued Statement of Position 98-1, "Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software
Developed or Obtained for Internal Use" ("SOP 98-1"). SOP 98-1 is effective for
financial statements for years beginning after December 15, 1998. SOP 98-1
provides guidance over accounting for computer software developed or obtained
for internal use including the requirement to capitalize specified costs and
amortization of such costs. The adoption of this standard is not expected to
have a material effect on our capitalization policy.
 
In April 1998, the AICPA issued Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the
Costs of Start-Up Activities" ("SOP 98-5"). SOP 98-5, which is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998, provides guidance on the
financial reporting of start-up costs and organization costs. It requires costs
of start-up activities and organization costs to be expensed as incurred. As we
have expensed these costs historically, the adoption of this statement is not
expected to have a significant impact on our results of operations, financial
position or cash flows.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION OF OUR BUSINESS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. OUR ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER
SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THE RESULTS DISCUSSED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS
A RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE DISCUSSED IN
"RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
internet.com is a leading network of integrated business-to-business vertical
content Web sites and related Internet media properties focused solely on the
Internet industry. We provide our community of Internet users, which includes
Internet industry and Internet technology professionals, Web developers and
sophisticated Internet users, with a wide variety of content, community and
commerce products and services. The internet.com network provides Internet users
with proprietary content, including:
 
- -  real-time Internet industry news
 
- -  tutorials, training and skills development
 
- -  Internet market research
 
- -  buyer's guides and products reviews
 
- -  archives of definitive industry publications
 
- -  discussion forums
 
- -  software downloads
 
- -  expert advice
 
Our network of Internet media properties consists of nine business-to-business
vertical content channels that contain 53 Web sites, 32 e-mail newsletters, 54
online discussion forums and 52 moderated e-mail discussion lists. During the
month of March 1999, we delivered 40.6 million page views to approximately 1.7
million unique users and 7 million copies of our e-mail newsletters to 590,000
subscribers, and 8.6 million postings were generated by 27,000 subscribers to
our moderated e-mail discussion lists.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
GROWTH OF THE INTERNET.  The Internet has emerged as a global distribution
network for real-time news and information, an environment for online
communities and a market place in which commerce is conducted. IDC estimates
that the number of Internet users will grow from 100 million in 1998 to 320
million in 2002 and estimates that the number of universal resource locators, or
URLs, will grow from approximately 251 million in 1997 to 640 million in 2000.
To best exploit the rapid growth of the Internet, businesses must stay abreast
of Internet-related technologies and products as well as develop and maintain
the skills necessary to utilize these technologies and products. A broader set
of executive management and business professionals are increasingly
participating in Internet technology implementation decisions with information
technology professionals. As a result, Internet-related topics need to be
addressed from a variety of business as well as technology perspectives to
effectively communicate the value of deploying and integrating Internet
technologies.
 
The increasing use of the Internet is dramatically affecting the operating
methods of profit and not-for-profit businesses and other organizations. These
businesses and organizations are dedicating an increasing amount of personnel
and financial resources to integrating and effectively using the Internet to
expand and enhance their operations. As a result, these businesses and
organizations have a rapidly growing need for personnel with specialized skills
and knowledge in Internet technologies who can effectively build and manage
their Internet infrastructures.
 
NEED FOR A COMPREHENSIVE RESOURCE FOR INTERNET INDUSTRY AND INTERNET TECHNOLOGY
PROFESSIONALS. With the rapid change and increasing complexity of Internet
technology and the industries surrounding it, Internet industry and Internet
technology professionals need a comprehensive resource to provide the
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
most recent Internet news and information as well as tutorials in Internet
technologies. To date, these professionals have relied upon general business and
information technology publishers, software and hardware vendors and training
service providers to stay abreast of the latest Internet industry developments
and Internet technology trends. We believe these traditional resources are
inadequate for Internet professionals for several reasons, including an
inability to provide real-time Internet news and information, training in the
latest Internet technologies and communities focused on specific interests.
 
Internet industry and Internet technology professionals have developed a
critical need for timely content, community and commerce. These professionals
require a comprehensive resource that provides a broad range of independent,
in-depth and easy-to-access content to keep them up to date in the rapidly
evolving Internet industry. Internet industry and Internet technology
professionals require current information covering Internet business and
technical information, including:
 
      -      news;
 
      -      analysis;
 
      -      tutorials, training and skills development;
 
      -      market information about emerging products and technologies;
 
      -      buyers' guides and product reviews;
 
      -      Internet market research; and
 
      -      expert advice.
 
These professionals also need a focused online community to share information
with one another, work together to find solutions to common problems, learn
about upcoming conferences and other industry events, seek employment and hire
personnel. In addition, Internet industry and Internet technology professionals
are frequently responsible for purchasing Internet technologies for their
companies. In order to make informed purchasing decisions, these professionals
must devote considerable time, effort and financial resources to researching new
Internet technologies. To date, they have had to rely on fragmented and
disparate sources, such as technical books and print magazines, and training
materials provided by service providers and traditional software retailers. None
of these sources has provided a comprehensive and timely solution for Internet
professionals' need for content, community and commerce.
 
NEED FOR ADVERTISERS AND VENDORS TO REACH INTERNET INDUSTRY AND INTERNET
TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONALS. Advertisers and vendors have realized that Internet
industry and Internet technology professionals represent a highly attractive
audience and need a medium through which they can reach this audience in a
focused and effective manner. Internet advertising permits advertisers to gather
demographic information and direct messages at targeted groups of users. It also
enables advertisers to measure the effectiveness of their advertising campaigns
and revise them in response to real-time feedback, market factors and current
events. Traditional forms of advertising are not as targeted and do not permit
evaluation of results in as timely and accurate a manner. Because of these
advantages that the Internet offers over traditional advertising media, Internet
advertising is growing rapidly and is projected to experience significant growth
in the future. Forrester Research, Inc. estimates that:
 
      -      worldwide Internet advertising will grow from $1.5 billion in 1998
             to $10.9 billion in 2002; and
 
      -      business-to-business Internet advertising will grow from $290
             million in 1998 to $2.6 billion in 2002.
 
Vendors of goods and services via the Internet benefit from the ability to reach
a global audience and to operate with minimal physical infrastructure, reduced
overhead and greater economies of scale. The
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
number of transactions taking place over the Internet is growing rapidly and is
expected to increase as vendors improve Internet-based transaction processing
technology and as consumers become more accustomed to buying online. Forrester
Research estimates that:
 
      -      e-commerce will grow from $55 billion in 1998 to $1.1 trillion in
             2002; and
 
      -      business-to-business e-commerce will grow from $17 billion in 1998
             to $327 billion in 2002.
 
In summary, the evolution and growth of the Internet has created a rapidly
expanding group of Internet professionals with a critical need for timely
content, community and commerce resources to assist them in their daily work and
purchasing decisions. These Internet professionals represent a select, focused
and attractive group of potential purchasers for advertisers and vendors to
target.
 
THE INTERNET.COM SOLUTION
 
internet.com is a leading network of integrated business-to-business vertical
content Web sites and related Internet media properties focused solely on the
Internet industry. We provide our community of Internet users, which includes
Internet industry and Internet technology professionals, Web developers and
sophisticated Internet users, with a wide variety of content, community and
commerce products and services that help them more efficiently and effectively
conduct business, perform their jobs and find useful resources on the Internet.
Our solution addresses the needs of three constituencies-- Internet users,
advertisers and vendors.
 
BENEFITS FOR OUR COMMUNITY OF INTERNET USERS
 
CONTENT. Our network of Web sites and related Internet media properties provides
a comprehensive source of the latest Internet news and information. Our Web
sites, e-mail newsletters, online discussion forums and moderated e-mail
discussion lists provide access to information, which enables our community of
Internet users to enhance their job performance and use the Internet more
effectively. Our network consists of proprietary content as well as services,
including:
 
      -      news;
 
      -      analysis;
 
      -      tutorials, training and skills development;
 
      -      market information about emerging products and technologies;
 
      -      buyers' guides and product reviews;
 
      -      Internet market research; and
 
      -      expert advice.
 
Unlike traditional media, our Web sites and related Internet media properties
provide our community of Internet users with real-time Internet news and
information. These users can easily search our network of Web sites and related
Internet media properties by using a host of search and navigation tools.
 
COMMUNITY. Our network of Web sites and related Internet media properties
provides our community of Internet users the ability to discuss and solve
technical problems and share information. We provide various means by which
users can contribute materials and communicate with each other. Users submit and
share source code, object code, development tools and other materials that are
then published and archived on our network. We believe that creating a sense of
community through these services fosters loyalty and affinity among our
community of Internet users and increases the amount of time they spend using
our services. These services include:
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
      -      ONLINE DISCUSSION FORUMS. We offer 54 online discussion forums that
             enable users to share information and resources in order to help
             each other solve technical problems. We archive these online
             discussion forums, creating an online knowledge repository for
             future reference.
 
      -      MODERATED E-MAIL DISCUSSION LISTS. We offer 52 moderated e-mail
             discussion lists and have over 27,000 subscribers to these lists,
             which are categorized by focused vertical content areas. These
             forums, which enable subscribers to conveniently share information
             and resources and solve technical problems, are moderated by
             skilled internet.com personnel.
 
      -      QUESTION AND ANSWER SERVICES. We offer question and answer services
             that enable users to submit technical questions related to the
             Internet industry and our content offerings and services. Answers
             from skilled internet.com personnel are published online in
             searchable formats.
 
      -      TECHNICAL JOB LISTINGS. Through SILICONALLEYJOBS.COM and an
             agreement with CareerBuilder, Inc. (JOBS.INTERNET.COM), we provide
             our community of Internet users with access to Internet industry
             and Internet technology job openings. These Web sites can be
             searched by job type, salary range and geographic location.
 
COMMERCE. Our network of Web sites and related Internet media properties
provides our community of Internet users the ability to evaluate, compare and
purchase Internet-related products and services. Our commerce offerings,
produced in cooperation with commerce affiliates, provide access to the
following goods and services:
 
      -      software and hardware;
 
      -      technical books and training materials;
 
      -      Internet research reports;
 
      -      employment classifieds;
 
      -      opt-in e-mail list brokerage;
 
      -      online press release distribution;
 
      -      online banking and credit card registration services;
 
      -      online travel services; and
 
      -      online scheduling.
 
BENEFITS FOR ADVERTISERS AND VENDORS
 
We provide advertisers and vendors with focused channels to reach our highly
attractive community of Internet users, many of whom either make or influence
purchasing decisions. We believe that our Internet users represent one of the
world's largest, most targeted and highly influential online communities of
Internet industry and Internet technology professionals, Web developers and
sophisticated Internet users. We believe our advertisers and vendors can enhance
the effectiveness of their advertising by customizing advertisements and placing
them on targeted channels and pages on our network of Web sites and related
Internet media properties. We also provide vendors with a much needed
distribution channel and the ability to focus their marketing efforts cost
effectively.
 
Our Web sites, e-mail newsletters, online discussion forums and moderated e-mail
discussion lists attract a focused community of business and professional
Internet users, as compared to more broadly focused Web sites. According to a
survey we commissioned from Informative LLC which was conducted
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
from August 1998 through February 1999, some key demographics of our community
of Internet users include:
 
      -      83% are involved in purchasing Internet products and services for
             their companies and organizations, including hardware, software,
             networking and Internet access;
 
      -      67% purchased products online in the six months ended February 28,
             1999;
 
      -      53% have Internet technology or information technology job titles;
             another 19% are in corporate management;
 
      -      the average household income of the group exceeds $65,000 annually;
 
      -      61% are in the desirable 25-44 age group; and
 
      -      72% have at least one college degree.
 
OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
Our objective is to maintain and strengthen our position as a leading provider
of integrated, business-to-business vertical content focused solely on the
Internet industry. We intend to achieve this objective by continuing to execute
the following key strategies:
 
INCREASE HIGH-QUALITY CONTENT OFFERINGS AND SERVICES. We will strengthen our
existing content offerings and services by continuing to improve our
comprehensive and timely proprietary content available for our community of
Internet users. Our editorial team, comprised of 26 employees and 50 freelance
contributors as of March 31, 1999, creates considerable proprietary content for
our network of Web sites and related Internet media properties on a daily basis.
In February 1999, our editorial team authored more than 600 news articles
published in InternetNews, over 25 technical tutorials, over 100 product or book
reviews and various other publications. We will continue to identify emerging
topics of interest and then create and aggregate content for those topics
through internal development and acquisitions of additional Web sites and
related Internet media properties.
 
GROW THROUGH TARGETED ACQUISITIONS. Since July 1995, we have made 30
acquisitions of Web sites and related Internet media properties, including 19
since March 1, 1998. We expect to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions to
strengthen our content, community and commerce offerings. We may also acquire
Internet media properties to obtain valuable brands, expertise or access to new
users, advertisers and vendors. We believe that by acquiring Web sites and
related Internet media properties, we can integrate them into our network and
improve their traffic and revenue results. In addition, we believe that
acquiring Web sites and related Internet media properties generally has
increased the overall traffic on our existing network. We intend to follow our
methodology for identifying, evaluating, acquiring and integrating Web sites and
related Internet media properties, which are complementary to our content,
community and commerce offerings.
 
INCREASE TRAFFIC AND ENHANCE WORLDWIDE BRAND RECOGNITION. We will continue to
expand the combination of online and offline advertising and promotional
campaigns to enhance the brand recognition of internet.com. We will promote the
internet.com brand as a leading source of integrated business-to-business
vertical content Web sites and related Internet media properties focused solely
on the Internet industry. In addition, we will promote our branded Internet
services, such as Web Developer and The Electronic Commerce Guide, under the
internet.com network through online and offline advertising, strategic alliances
and other promotional activities. Our marketing and branding campaigns are
designed to increase overall brand awareness, which will help drive additional
traffic to our network and create additional revenue opportunities. In turn,
this growth in user traffic should make our network more valuable to advertisers
and vendors. Our marketing and branding campaigns
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
will reinforce to users, advertisers and vendors that the internet.com brand
represents technical competence, comprehensiveness, timeliness and objectivity.
 
EXPAND REVENUE OPPORTUNITIES. To date, banner advertising from technology
companies has represented substantially all of our revenues. We believe that the
increase in the number of advertising impressions available for sale resulting
from the growth of subscribers to our e-mail newsletters and moderated e-mail
discussion lists will increase advertising revenues from both technology and
non-technology advertisers in the future. We are continuing to develop
additional revenue sources, including e-commerce agreements; content, brand and
software licensing; paid subscription services; seminars; opt-in e-mail list
rentals; and venture capital management. See "--Revenue Opportunities."
 
INCREASE OUR INTERNATIONAL PRESENCE. The Internet is also rapidly growing
internationally and we intend to utilize our experience to continue to develop
and acquire Web sites and related Internet media properties with an
international focus in order to expand our global presence. We currently have
internet.com country and regional Web sites for Asia, Australia, Canada, Israel
and the United Kingdom. These English language editions are produced by our
employees and freelance contributors in the geographic areas they serve and
provide daily Internet news from the country or region. We also have licensed
the internet.com brand and content for non-English language editions. We are
aggressively seeking opportunities in other countries and regions to produce
additional non-English language editions. We intend to continue to develop and
acquire English and non-English language Web sites and related Internet media
properties to increase our global presence.
 
REVENUE OPPORTUNITIES
 
Substantially all of our revenues have been derived from banner advertising by
technology companies. We intend, however, to pursue additional forms of
advertising, as well as other revenue sources, in order to expand and diversify
our future revenue streams.
 
ADVERTISING. To date, our advertising revenues have been primarily generated
from technology companies advertising on our Web sites and online discussion
forums. With the growth in subscribers to our e-mail newsletters and moderated
e-mail discussion lists, these media properties are also expected to contribute
to increased advertising revenues in the future. We also believe that
non-technology advertisers will be enticed by the attractive demographics of our
community of Internet users.
 
E-COMMERCE AGREEMENTS. We have entered into agreements with a number of
e-commerce affiliates, which generally include a fixed fee for advertising as
well as revenue sharing for sales made by the affiliates as a result of links
from our network. E-commerce affiliate agreements typically are a minimum of six
months in duration. Our current e-commerce affiliates include:
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                          <C>        <C>
- -          Biztravel.com, Inc.          -          FatBrain.com, Inc. (formerly Computer Literacy, Inc.)
 
- -          CareerBuilder, Inc.          -          Hewlett-Packard Company
 
- -          CompuBank, N.A.              -          Internet Wire Inc.
 
- -          Digital River, Inc.          -          NetCreations, Inc.
</TABLE>
 
LICENSING AGREEMENTS. We license our editorial content and brands to third
parties for fixed fees and royalties. We also provide access to limited versions
of our editorial content on a royalty-free basis to others, to promote our
brands and generate traffic. We have paid licensing arrangements with America
Online, Inc., Ziff-Davis Inc., One Galaxy Solution, Inc., Upside Media Inc.'s
UPSIDE MAGAZINE and MBNA America Bank, N.A., among others. We also license our
editorial content and brands in exchange for promotional consideration to
various Web sites, including YAHOO.COM and SNAP.COM.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
We license selected portions of our editorial content to print publishers. In
March 1999, we entered into an agreement with the Los Angeles Times Syndicate
International to license our editorial content to print periodicals. We also
license one-time rights to reprint individual articles, online or in print, to
third parties through licensing of reprints and copyright permission requests.
We have licensed our ISDEX, The Internet Stock Index, to the Kansas City Board
of Trade for the creation of futures and futures options contracts which are
expected to be traded on this exchange. We also offer our proprietary software
for license to third parties that offer services that are similar to, but do not
compete with, internet.com. For example, our NewsLinx software provides a highly
efficient and cost-effective means by which Internet content publishers can
abstract and aggregate news and information for any vertical subject area.
 
PAID SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES. We currently publish three paid e-mail subscription
publications, Internet Stock Report's Hotwatch, Internet StockTracker and
SearchEngineWatch, which have a combined total of more than 8,000 paying
subscribers. We believe that certain of our other content areas attract
audiences with specialized interests that would pay subscription fees for unique
proprietary content and we will launch additional paid subscription services
when appropriate. In particular, we anticipate launching additional paid
subscription services in our Internet Stock, Internet Marketing and Web
Developer Channels.
 
SEMINARS. As a result of recent acquisitions, we plan to offer offline seminars
focused on several Internet-specific topics which are of interest to our
community of Internet users. We are able to efficiently promote these seminars
through our Web sites and related Internet media properties. We anticipate
generating revenues from attendee registrations as well as from advertiser and
vendor sponsorships.
 
OPT-IN E-MAIL LIST RENTALS. We currently offer for rental our opt-in e-mail list
names relating to 25 Internet-specific topics. Members of our community of
Internet users volunteer, or "opt in," to be included on these lists to receive
e-mail product offerings and information relevant to their Internet interests.
Subscribers to these opt-in e-mail lists receive e-mail announcements of special
offers relating to each topic subscribed.
 
VENTURE FUND MANAGEMENT. We are the portfolio manager of internet.com Venture
Fund I LLC, a $5.0 million venture fund formed in April 1999, that will invest
in early-stage content-based Internet properties that are not competitive with
internet.com. We anticipate that these investments may generate revenue and
promotional opportunities. We earn management fees for the day to day operation
and general management of the fund. We also earn a percentage of the realized
gains on investments made by this fund. We committed to invest $600,000 in this
fund at its inception. See "Certain Transactions--Venture Capital Fund."
 
CONTENT OFFERINGS AND SERVICES
 
We offer a broad range of content offerings and services to serve the needs of
our community of Internet users for content, community and commerce, as well as
the needs of advertisers and vendors in targeting our community of Internet
users. internet.com consists of nine integrated business-to-business vertical
content channels that contain 53 Web sites, 32 e-mail newsletters, 54 online
discussion forums and 52 moderated e-mail discussion lists focused solely on the
Internet industry:
 
      -      INTERNETNEWS CHANNEL--Provides real-time coverage of Internet
             industry news events from around the world. Our staff of over 25
             analysts and journalists file approximately 25 original items daily
             in the following vertical Internet news categories: business,
             finance, Internet service provider, or ISP, Web developer,
             E-commerce, Internet advertising and Internet stocks. We enhance
             our original coverage of Internet industry
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
             news events through agreements with Reuters NewMedia Inc. and USA
             TODAY to carry selected Internet news items.
 
      -      INTERNET TECHNOLOGY CHANNEL--Provides access to Internet news,
             analyses, tutorials, reviews and resource guides to help our users
             integrate evolving Internet technologies. Internet media properties
             in the Internet Technology Channel cover many topics, including
             Microsoft Active Server Pages, corporate intranet implementation,
             Web servers and Internet technology products.
 
      -      WEB DEVELOPER CHANNEL--Provides our users who are responsible for
             building and maintaining Web sites with communication services and
             the latest information and trends for Web site development. We
             provide tutorials, applets and script downloads and online resource
             directories to Web developers. In addition, we provide community-
             building resources through online discussion forums, frequently
             asked questions and moderated e-mail discussion lists.
 
      -      INTERNET MARKETING CHANNEL--Provides Internet marketers with
             information resources, market research and various sales and
             marketing techniques. This channel includes tutorials for gaining
             better placement in search engines, summaries of the latest
             Internet market research and information about Internet advertising
             and promotion.
 
      -      INTERNET RESOURCES CHANNEL--Provides access to Internet job
             listings, an online dictionary of Internet and technology terms,
             subscription services to our e-mail newsletters, information about
             Internet industry events including Internet World and ISPCON trade
             shows and various other Internet resources.
 
      -      ISP RESOURCES CHANNEL--Provides information for professionals in
             the ISP industry, including the online edition of BOARDWATCH
             magazine, and ISP-Lists, a collection of 38 e-mail discussion lists
             used by more than 27,000 professionals in the ISP industry to
             communicate with their colleagues. This channel also provides
             sophisticated Internet users with information about Internet access
             through THE LIST: THE DEFINITIVE ISP BUYER'S GUIDE.
 
      -      INTERNET STOCKS CHANNEL--Provides stock and financial news,
             information and analysis about Internet companies. This channel
             includes the Internet Stock Report, which includes daily analysis
             of Internet stocks; ISDEX, The Internet Stock Index, a proprietary
             index of 50 publicly traded Internet stocks; InternetStockList, a
             directory of publicly traded Internet companies; IPO Watch, a
             directory of Internet companies which have filed to go public; and
             IPODEX, a directory of Internet companies which have recently gone
             public.
 
      -      INTERNATIONAL CHANNEL--Provides Internet news and information for
             specific countries or regions, including Asia, Australia, Canada,
             Israel, the Middle East and the United Kingdom.
 
      -      DOWNLOAD CHANNEL--Helps sophisticated Internet users evaluate and
             retrieve freeware and shareware software in a variety of
             categories, including business, developer, utilities, multimedia
             and games.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
INTERNET.COM WEB SITES AND RELATED INTERNET MEDIA PROPERTIES
 
In addition to our 53 Web sites, the Internet media properties presented on
these channels include 32 e-mail newsletters, which are periodical publications
delivered by electronic mail; 54 online discussion forums, which are electronic
message centers where members of specific interest groups review messages left
by others and leave their own messages; and 52 moderated e-mail discussion
lists, which are similar to online discussion forums, except that members'
messages are transmitted and received by e-mail broadcast. These Web sites and
related Internet media properties consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       ONLINE     E-MAIL
                                                                                            E-MAIL     DISCUS-    DISCUS-
           INTERNET                                                                WEB       NEWS-      SION       SION
        MEDIA PROPERTY                           DESCRIPTION                      SITE      LETTERS    FORUMS      LISTS
- ------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
 
<CAPTION>
INTERNETNEWS CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
internetnews                    Real-time, global coverage of Internet
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM            industry news and analysis reported by our
                                staff covering business, finance, ISP, Web
                                development, e-commerce, advertising, stocks
                                and international news
NewsLinx                        Provides continuous updates of Internet news
WWW.NEWSLINX.COM                headlines with links to the related articles
                                from leading news Web sites
atnewyork                       Provides news and analysis for the New York
WWW.ATNEWYORK.COM               City Internet industry
internetnews radio              Daily audio Internet news broadcast
STREAM.INTERNET.COM
<CAPTION>
 
INTERNET TECHNOLOGY CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
The Electronic Commerce Guide   News, tutorials, reviews and opinions for
E-COMM.INTERNET.COM             e-commerce professionals
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
ServerWatch                     Reviews of Web server hardware and software
WWW.SERVERWATCH.COM
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Internet ProductWatch           Searchable directory of commercial Internet
WWW.PRODUCTWATCH.COM            product listings
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
15 seconds                      Tutorials, discussion lists and newsletters
WWW.15SECONDS.COM               for Microsoft Active Server Pages developers
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
AllNet Devices                  News and reviews of devices that perform
WWW.ALLNETDEVICES.COM           specialized Internet and intranet tasks
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BotSpot                         Directory of information and resources about
WWW.BOTSPOT.COM                 automated Internet data retrieval
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
WebServer Compare               Directory of Web servers listing technical
WWW.WEBSERVERCOMPARE.COM        specifications
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Intranet Design Magazine        Tutorials and product reviews for intranet
IDM.INTERNET.COM                managers
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
The Web Design List             Directory of more than 1,000 Web design firms
DESIGNLIST.INTERNET.COM
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Swynk                           News and information for system administrators
WWW.SWYNK.COM
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Internet Technology Forums      Discussion forums about Internet technology
FORUMS.INTERNET.COM             topics
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Internet World                  Archives of Internet World newspaper
WWW.IW.COM
<CAPTION>
 
<CAPTION>
                                 ACQUIRED,
                                INTERNALLY
           INTERNET              DEVELOPED
        MEDIA PROPERTY          OR LICENSED
- ------------------------------  -----------
<S>                             <C>
INTERNETNEWS CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>
internetnews                    Internally
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM             Developed
 
NewsLinx                         Acquired
WWW.NEWSLINX.COM                   11/98
 
atnewyork                        Acquired
WWW.ATNEWYORK.COM                   4/99
internetnews radio              Internally
STREAM.INTERNET.COM              Developed
INTERNET TECHNOLOGY CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>
The Electronic Commerce Guide    Acquired
E-COMM.INTERNET.COM                11/95
<S>                             <C>
ServerWatch                      Acquired
WWW.SERVERWATCH.COM                 7/96
<S>                             <C>
Internet ProductWatch            Acquired
WWW.PRODUCTWATCH.COM                1/96
<S>                             <C>
15 seconds                       Acquired
WWW.15SECONDS.COM                  12/98
<S>                             <C>
AllNet Devices                  Internally
WWW.ALLNETDEVICES.COM            Developed
<S>                             <C>
BotSpot                          Acquired
WWW.BOTSPOT.COM                     1/99
<S>                             <C>
WebServer Compare                Acquired
WWW.WEBSERVERCOMPARE.COM            7/96
<S>                             <C>
Intranet Design Magazine         Acquired
IDM.INTERNET.COM                    9/98
<S>                             <C>
The Web Design List             Internally
DESIGNLIST.INTERNET.COM          Developed
<S>                             <C>
Swynk                            Acquired
WWW.SWYNK.COM                       4/99
<S>                             <C>
Internet Technology Forums      Internally
FORUMS.INTERNET.COM              Developed
<S>                             <C>
Internet World                   Licensed
WWW.IW.COM
</TABLE>
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       ONLINE     E-MAIL
                                                                                            E-MAIL     DISCUS-    DISCUS-
           INTERNET                                                                WEB       NEWS-      SION       SION
        MEDIA PROPERTY                           DESCRIPTION                      SITE      LETTERS    FORUMS      LISTS
- ------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
<CAPTION>
WEB DEVELOPER CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
WebDeveloper                    News, reviews and tutorials for Web developers
WWW.WEBDEVELOPER.COM
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
WebReference                    Tutorials, technical information and reviews
WWW.WEBREFERENCE.COM            for Web developers
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Web Developer's Virtual         Tutorials and technical information for Web
Library                         developers
WWW.WDVL.COM
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BrowserWatch                    News and information for technical
WWW.BROWSERWATCH.COM            professionals about Web browsers
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
StreamingMediaWorld             Tutorials and information resources for
WWW.STREAMINGMEDIAWORLD.COM     streaming media developers
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
JustSMIL                        Tutorials, information resources and forums
WWW.JUSTSMIL.COM                for streaming media developers
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Java Boutique                   Collection of over 360 Java applets available
WWW.JAVABOUTIQUE.COM            for download
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
The JavascriptSource            Collection of over 300 Javascripts available
WWW.JAVASCRIPTSOURCE.COM        for download
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
ScriptSearch                    Links to more than 5,000 C++, PERL, VBScript
WWW.SCRIPTSEARCH.COM            and other programs online
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Web Developer Forums            Discussion forums about Web development topics
FORUMS.INTERNET.COM
<CAPTION>
 
INTERNET MARKETING CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
SearchEngineWatch               How-to site for Internet marketers and users
WWW.SEARCHENGINEWATCH.COM       about search engine operations
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CyberAtlas                      Searchable repository of Internet-related
WWW.CYBERATLAS.COM              research abstracts
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Internet Day                    Daily tutorial for Internet marketers and
WWW.INTERNETDAY.COM             professionals
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Internet Advertising Report     Highlights top Internet marketing and
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/IAR        advertising news and events
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Ad Resource                     Collection of Internet advertising resources
WWW.ADRESOURCE.COM              for Internet marketers
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Refer-It                        Directory of Web site affiliate, referral and
WWW.REFER-IT.COM                revenue sharing programs
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
AllNetResearch                  Directory of Internet industry research
WWW.ALLNETRESEARCH.COM          reports available for online purchase
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Internet Marketing Forums       Discussion forums about Internet marketing
FORUMS.INTERNET.COM             topics
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
 
INTERNET RESOURCES CHANNEL
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
 
Webopedia                       Dictionary and search engine containing more
WWW.WEBOPEDIA.COM               than 7,500 Internet and technology definitions
                                and terms
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Internet Radio List             Directory of Internet radio stations
WWW.INTERNETRADIOLIST.COM
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CoolCentral                     Recommendations for useful and entertaining
WWW.COOLCENTRAL.COM             Web sites
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
InternetShopper                 Directory of shopping Web sites listed by
WWW.INTERNETSHOPPER.COM         category, daily listings of free and
                                discounted items available online and an
                                Internet shopping agent
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Internet Jobs                   Provides searchable access to Internet
JOBS.INTERNET.COM               industry and Internet technology job openings
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
silicon alley Jobs              Provides searchable access to Internet
WWW.SILICONALLEYJOBS.COM        industry and Internet technology job openings
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Internet Forums                 Directory of online discussion forums about a
FORUMS.INTERNET.COM             variety of Internet topics
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Events.internet.com             Information about Internet World and ISPCON
EVENTS.INTERNET.COM             trade shows
<CAPTION>
 
<CAPTION>
                                 ACQUIRED,
                                INTERNALLY
           INTERNET              DEVELOPED
        MEDIA PROPERTY          OR LICENSED
- ------------------------------  -----------
<S>                             <C>
WEB DEVELOPER CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>
WebDeveloper                    Internally
WWW.WEBDEVELOPER.COM             Developed
<S>                             <C>
WebReference                     Acquired
WWW.WEBREFERENCE.COM               11/97
<S>                             <C>
Web Developer's Virtual          Acquired
Library                             3/98
WWW.WDVL.COM
<S>                             <C>
BrowserWatch                     Acquired
WWW.BROWSERWATCH.COM                5/96
<S>                             <C>
StreamingMediaWorld             Internally
WWW.STREAMINGMEDIAWORLD.COM      Developed
<S>                             <C>
JustSMIL                         Acquired
WWW.JUSTSMIL.COM                   11/98
<S>                             <C>
Java Boutique                    Acquired
WWW.JAVABOUTIQUE.COM                5/97
<S>                             <C>
The JavascriptSource             Acquired
WWW.JAVASCRIPTSOURCE.COM            7/98
<S>                             <C>
ScriptSearch                     Acquired
WWW.SCRIPTSEARCH.COM                9/98
<S>                             <C>
Web Developer Forums            Internally
FORUMS.INTERNET.COM              Developed
INTERNET MARKETING CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>
SearchEngineWatch                Acquired
WWW.SEARCHENGINEWATCH.COM          11/97
<S>                             <C>
CyberAtlas                       Acquired
WWW.CYBERATLAS.COM                  8/98
<S>                             <C>
Internet Day                     Acquired
WWW.INTERNETDAY.COM                11/98
<S>                             <C>
Internet Advertising Report     Internally
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/IAR         Developed
<S>                             <C>
Ad Resource                      Acquired
WWW.ADRESOURCE.COM                 12/98
<S>                             <C>
Refer-It                         Acquired
WWW.REFER-IT.COM                    4/99
<S>                             <C>
AllNetResearch                  Internally
WWW.ALLNETRESEARCH.COM           Developed
<S>                             <C>
Internet Marketing Forums       Internally
FORUMS.INTERNET.COM              Developed
<S>                             <C>
INTERNET RESOURCES CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>
Webopedia                        Acquired
WWW.WEBOPEDIA.COM                   3/98
 
<S>                             <C>
Internet Radio List             Internally
WWW.INTERNETRADIOLIST.COM        Developed
<S>                             <C>
CoolCentral                      Acquired
WWW.COOLCENTRAL.COM                11/97
<S>                             <C>
InternetShopper                 Internally
WWW.INTERNETSHOPPER.COM          Developed
 
<S>                             <C>
Internet Jobs                   Internally
JOBS.INTERNET.COM                Developed
<S>                             <C>
silicon alley Jobs               Acquired
WWW.SILICONALLEYJOBS.COM            4/99
<S>                             <C>
Internet Forums                 Internally
FORUMS.INTERNET.COM              Developed
<S>                             <C>
Events.internet.com             Internally
EVENTS.INTERNET.COM              Developed
</TABLE>
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       ONLINE     E-MAIL
                                                                                            E-MAIL     DISCUS-    DISCUS-
           INTERNET                                                                WEB       NEWS-      SION       SION
        MEDIA PROPERTY                           DESCRIPTION                      SITE      LETTERS    FORUMS      LISTS
- ------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
<CAPTION>
ISP RESOURCES CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
ISP-Lists                       E-mail discussion lists and Web sites serving
WWW.ISP-LISTS.COM               ISP industry professionals
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
The List                        Buyer's guide containing terms of service for
WWW.THELIST.COM                 more than 6,700 Internet Service Providers
                                worldwide
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
ISP News                        Real-time, global coverage of Internet Service
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/ISP-NEWS   Provider industry news
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Boardwatch                      Archives of Boardwatch magazine
WWW.BOARDWATCH.COM
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
ISPCON                          Information site for ISPCON events
WWW.ISPCON.COM
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Directory of Internet Service   Directory of Internet Service Providers
Providers
BOARDWATCH.INTERNET.COM/ISP
<CAPTION>
 
INTERNET STOCKS CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Internet Stock Report           Intraday analysis of Internet stocks
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/STOCKS
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
ISDEX, The Internet Stock       Proprietary index of 50 publicly traded
Index                           Internet stocks
WWW.ISDEX.COM
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
InternetStockList               Directory of publicly traded Internet
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/STOCKS/LIST companies, including related news, information
                                and analysis
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
IPO Watch                       Directory of Internet companies that have
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/STOCKS/IPO filed to go public, including related news,
                                information and analysis
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
IPODEX                          Directory of Internet companies that have
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/STOCKS/    recently gone public
IPODEX
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Internet Stock Forums           Discussion forums about Internet stocks and
FORUMS.INTERNET.COM             investing
<CAPTION>
 
INTERNATIONAL CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Arabia                          Daily Internet news and information about the
ARABIA.INTERNET.COM             Middle East
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Asia                            Daily Internet news and information about Asia
ASIA.INTERNET.COM
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Australia                       Daily Internet news and information about
AUSTRALIA.INTERNET.COM          Australia
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Canada                          Daily Internet news and information about
CANADA.INTERNET.COM             Canada
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Israel                          Daily Internet news and information about
ISRAEL.INTERNET.COM             Israel
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
United Kingdom                  Daily Internet news and information about the
UK.INTERNET.COM                 United Kingdom
<CAPTION>
 
DOWNLOAD CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Jumbo!                          Software Web site with over 300,000 programs
WWW.JUMBO.COM                   available for download
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CWSApps                         Reviews and downloads for Microsoft Windows-
WWW.CWSAPPS.COM                 based Internet software
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
NewApps                         Links to new software programs available for
WWW.NEWAPPS.COM                 download
<CAPTION>
 
<CAPTION>
                                 ACQUIRED,
                                INTERNALLY
           INTERNET              DEVELOPED
        MEDIA PROPERTY          OR LICENSED
- ------------------------------  -----------
<S>                             <C>
ISP RESOURCES CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>
ISP-Lists                        Acquired
WWW.ISP-LISTS.COM                  10/98
<S>                             <C>
The List                         Acquired
WWW.THELIST.COM                     8/95
<S>                             <C>
ISP News                        Internally
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/ISP-NEWS    Developed
<S>                             <C>
Boardwatch                       Licensed
WWW.BOARDWATCH.COM
<S>                             <C>
ISPCON                           Licensed
WWW.ISPCON.COM
<S>                             <C>
Directory of Internet Service    Licensed
Providers
BOARDWATCH.INTERNET.COM/ISP
INTERNET STOCKS CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>
Internet Stock Report           Internally
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/STOCKS      Developed
<S>                             <C>
ISDEX, The Internet Stock       Internally
Index                            Developed
WWW.ISDEX.COM
<S>                             <C>
InternetStockList               Internally
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/STOCKS/LI   Developed
<S>                             <C>
IPO Watch                       Internally
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/STOCKS/IP   Developed
<S>                             <C>
IPODEX                          Internally
WWW.INTERNETNEWS.COM/STOCKS/     Developed
IPODEX
<S>                             <C>
Internet Stock Forums           Internally
FORUMS.INTERNET.COM              Developed
INTERNATIONAL CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>
Arabia                           Licensed
ARABIA.INTERNET.COM
<S>                             <C>
Asia                            Internally
ASIA.INTERNET.COM                Developed
<S>                             <C>
Australia                       Internally
AUSTRALIA.INTERNET.COM           Developed
<S>                             <C>
Canada                          Internally
CANADA.INTERNET.COM              Developed
<S>                             <C>
Israel                          Internally
ISRAEL.INTERNET.COM              Developed
<S>                             <C>
United Kingdom                  Internally
UK.INTERNET.COM                  Developed
DOWNLOAD CHANNEL
<S>                             <C>
Jumbo!                           Acquired
WWW.JUMBO.COM                      11/98
<S>                             <C>
CWSApps                          Acquired
WWW.CWSAPPS.COM                    12/96
<S>                             <C>
NewApps                          Acquired
WWW.NEWAPPS.COM                    11/98
</TABLE>
 
Penton Media has licensed the online publishing rights for its INTERNET WORLD,
BOARDWATCH and DIRECTORY OF INTERNET SERVICE PROVIDERS print publications, as
well as information about its Internet World and ISPCON trade shows, to
internet.com. See "Certain Transactions--Services Agreement."
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
SELECTED CASE STUDIES
 
INTERNETNEWS.COM. We created internetnews.com in November 1995. internetnews.com
publishes, on a real-time basis throughout each business day, approximately 25
original Internet news items which are produced by our staff of over 25 editors,
freelance contributors and analysts, and supplemented by content from Reuters
NewMedia Inc. and USA TODAY. The editorial philosophy of internetnews.com is to
provide members of our community of Internet users with current Internet
industry information. Monthly page views for internetnews.com increased 275%
from 746,000 in March 1998 to approximately 2.8 million in March 1999.
 
WEBDEVELOPER.COM. We launched WebDeveloper.com as a print publication with a
companion Web site in September 1995. In May 1997, Web Developer.com was
reconstituted as an exclusively online resource. WebDeveloper.com provides news,
software and book reviews, tutorials, and question and answer features for Web
developers. WebDeveloper.com appeals to professionals who are responsible for
building and maintaining Web sites. WebDeveloper.com also provides links to
other resources, many of which are within our network, containing reference
information on Web development topics. Monthly page views for WebDeveloper.com
increased 203% from 288,000 in March 1998 to 873,000 in March 1999.
 
THE LIST--"THE DEFINITIVE ISP BUYER'S GUIDE". We acquired The List in August
1995 and have continued to enhance its content offerings and services, making
The List a leading directory of ISPs on the Internet. The List currently
provides access to information detailing the service offerings and rates of
6,700 ISPs in more than 200 countries worldwide. The List is based on a
contributory system that allows ISPs to enter information about rates and
services offered. The List offers ISPs a targeted method of acquiring
subscribers through sponsoring or providing advertising on specific pages
corresponding to area codes in which they provide service, allowing them to
effectively reach potential customers. In April 1999, we launched a program of
selling enhanced listings and sponsorships that allows ISPs to add their logos
to The List and more effectively target new customers. Monthly page views for
The List increased 69% from approximately 1.3 million in March 1998 to
approximately 2.2 million in March 1999.
 
SEARCHENGINEWATCH. We acquired SearchEngineWatch in November 1997.
SearchEngineWatch serves two audiences: marketers who want to have their
companies' Web sites listed prominently in search engines and sophisticated
Internet users who want to make informed selections when choosing a search
engine to use. In addition to advertising and sponsorship revenue,
SearchEngineWatch offers a paid subscription newsletter on its Web site. Since
acquiring and integrating SearchEngineWatch into our network in November 1997,
we have rapidly increased the number of paid subscribers while at the same time
increasing the annual subscription rate for this service from $19 to $44.
Monthly page views for SearchEngineWatch increased 109% from 573,000 in March
1998 to approximately 1.2 million in March 1999.
 
EDITORIAL
 
We maintain editorial offices in Westport, Connecticut; New York, New York;
Lexington, Kentucky; and Ann Arbor, Michigan. In addition, editorial personnel
work from home offices throughout the United States and in Hong Kong. Freelance
contributors and analysts are also located both domestically and in 13 countries
worldwide.
 
Our editorial team, comprised of 26 employees and 50 freelance contributors as
of March 31, 1999, creates considerable proprietary content each month. For
example, in February 1999, our editorial team:
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
      -      authored more than 600 news articles published in InternetNews;
 
      -      authored more than 25 technical tutorials;
 
      -      authored more than 60 market analysis reports;
 
      -      reviewed more than 100 products and books;
 
      -      created more than 200 editions of 27 separate e-mail newsletters;
 
      -      moderated 43 e-mail discussion lists and 14 online discussion
             forums;
 
      -      catalogued and evaluated more than 1,700 software programs; and
 
      -      maintained more than 10,000 directory listings of Internet-related
             products, services and companies.
 
In addition, our editorial staff also maintains an online dictionary,
WWW.WEBOPEDIA.COM, of 7,500 Internet and technology terms, writes question and
answer columns and creates directories of scripts for major Internet
technologies. We also have an exclusive agreement to serve as the Internet
publisher of Penton Media's INTERNET WORLD, BOARDWATCH and DIRECTORY OF INTERNET
SERVICE PROVIDERS print publications, as well as information about Penton
Media's Internet World and ISPCON trade shows. See "Certain
Transactions--Services Agreement."
 
MARKETING AND SALES
 
MARKETING. We employ a combination of online and offline advertising and
promotional campaigns to promote our content offerings and services to our
community of Internet users, advertisers and vendors. User advertising includes
cross-promotion on our Web sites and related Internet media products,
advertising in trade publications and at trade shows and promotional links from
Web sites that attract demographically similar audiences. We believe that this
strategy maintains the high quality and unique focus of our community of
Internet users. We have participated in various Internet industry events,
including Internet World and ISPCON trade shows. We have also used print
advertising, which has appeared in INTERNET WORLD, BOARDWATCH, UPSIDE, INTERNET
WEEK, DATA COMMUNICATIONS, TELE.COM, SILICON ALLEY REPORTER and ADWEEK, among
other publications.
 
Our marketing efforts are directed largely at acquiring advertising clients and
commerce affiliates. We principally use offline and online advertising, direct
mail and event sponsorships for customer acquisition. ADVERTISING AGE, ADWEEK,
MARKETING COMPUTERS, CLICKZ, CHANNELSEVEN.COM and the ONLINE ADVERTISING
DISCUSSION LIST are among the venues used to deliver our promotional messages.
In addition, we have a strategic agreement with Penton Media, a significant
investor in internet.com, which provides for an exchange of services to be
provided by each party. This agreement expires on November 23, 2001 and is
automatically renewable for subsequent three year terms unless terminated by
either party.
 
Services provided by Penton Media to us under this agreement include the
following:
 
      -      one full-page advertisement at no charge in each issue of INTERNET
             WORLD newspaper and BOARDWATCH magazine;
 
      -      exhibit and sales office space at no charge for each U.S. Internet
             World and ISPCON trade show; and
 
      -      prominent listing as a sponsor in all promotional materials and for
             appropriate conference tracks, as well as prominent hanging media
             banners for Internet World and ISPCON trade shows.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
Services we provide to Penton Media under this agreement include the following:
 
      -      Web site archives of INTERNET WORLD and BOARDWATCH print
             publications and information about Internet World and ISPCON trade
             shows and conferences; and
 
      -      a minimum of 2.3 million advertising impressions each month on our
             network of Web sites and related Internet media properties.
 
ADVERTISING SALES. We believe that we have been able to obtain revenue from
advertising on our Web sites and online discussion forums because we enable
clients to efficiently and effectively reach targeted segments of the Internet
community. Based on a survey we commissioned which was conducted from August
1998 through February 1999, 83% of our community of Internet users report that
they either make or influence purchasing decisions. We believe that targeting
this influential audience allows us to sell advertising space at rates that are
higher than the average rates charged by online services aimed at more general
audiences. Based upon publicly available banner advertisement rate cards, we
believe that our actual rates are approximately 1.4 to 4.0 times higher than the
published rates of Go2Net, Inc., Netscape Communications Corp., Yahoo! Inc. and
Infoseek Corporation as of April 1999, which we believe to be a representative
group of Internet-based services aimed at more general audiences.
 
We also offer advertisers the opportunity to advertise on our e-mail newsletters
and moderated e-mail discussion lists. In March 1999, we distributed 7,000,000
copies of 27 separate e-mail newsletters to over 590,000 subscribers. We also
distributed 8,590,000 messages to more than 27,000 moderated e-mail discussion
list subscribers.
 
Our sales force is organized by geographic regions as follows: New England, New
York Metro, Mid-Atlantic/Southeast, Midwest, West, Canada, Europe and Israel.
 
During the year ended December 31, 1998, 226 unique advertisers placed
advertisements on our network, an increase of 63% over the year ended December
31, 1997. For the three months ended December 31, 1998, our largest advertiser
accounted for 22% of our revenues, and our top 20 advertisers together accounted
for 61% of our revenues during the same period. The following is a partial list
of our advertisers during the three months ended December 31, 1998:
 
       Allaire Corporation
       Apple Computer, Inc.
       Biztravel.com, Inc.
       Concentric Network Corporation
       Critical Path, Inc.
       Dell Computer Corporation
       Digital River, Inc.
       GoTo.com, Inc.
       Hewlett-Packard Company
       International Business Machines
         Corporation
       Lucent Technologies Inc.
       Macromedia Inc.
       Microsoft Corporation
       Northern Telecom Limited
       Oracle Corporation
       OrderTrust LLC
       Transarc Corporation
       Unisys Corporation
       Vignette Corporation
       WebTrends Corporation
 
E-COMMERCE SALES, LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT. We offer e-commerce,
licensing and other business development arrangements to maximize the potential
of our proprietary content and community of Internet users. We identify
potential e-commerce affiliates, licensees and other potential business
development opportunities and generally enter into contracts of six to 12
months' duration. E-commerce affiliate agreements generally include a fixed fee
for advertising as well as revenue sharing for sales made by the affiliates as a
result of links from our network. These activities are conducted by a staff of
three employees separate from our advertising sales force.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
Licensing arrangements allow third parties to reproduce our editorial content
and brands either for print or online use. We are typically paid per-use in the
case of book and print rights, including reprints of articles published on our
network of Web sites and related Internet media properties, and monthly in cases
where our editorial content is published in electronic form. We also offer our
proprietary software for license to third parties that offer services that are
similar to, but do not compete with, internet.com.
 
COMPETITION
 
We believe we compete on the basis of our brand recognition and our proprietary
content offerings and services focused solely on the Internet industry. We
believe that we are differentiated relative to our competitors due to our
vertical focus of providing content, community and commerce to Internet industry
and Internet technology professionals, Web developers and sophisticated Internet
users.
 
The market for Internet-based services is relatively new, intensely competitive
and rapidly changing. Since the advent of commercial services on the Internet,
the number of online services competing for users' attention and spending has
proliferated. We expect that competition will continue to intensify. We compete
with other companies which direct a portion of their overall Web content at the
Internet professional community, such as Ziff-Davis Inc.'s ZDNet, C/NET, CMP
Media Inc., EarthWeb Inc. and Wired Digital Inc. We also compete for circulation
and advertising impressions with general interest portal and destination Web
sites as well as traditional media.
 
Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories,
larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and significantly greater
financial, marketing and other resources than we have. These competitors may be
able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in
customer requirements and to devote greater resources to the development,
promotion and sale of their products and services than we can. The number of
companies competing for the attention and spending of our community of Internet
users has increased and we expect it to continue to increase. See "--Industry
Overview" and "Risk Factors--We face intense competition."
 
TECHNOLOGY AND OPERATIONS
 
We have developed an expandable operations infrastructure using open standard
hardware and software systems. We make our Web sites and related Internet media
properties available using multiple Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Wintel-based
servers that run on Sun Solaris and Microsoft NT operating systems. We license
software from the following parties, among others: Web and e-mail servers from
Netscape; Web and database servers from Microsoft Corporation; an advertising
management system from NetGravity, Inc.; a content management system from
Vignette Corporation; a log and traffic analysis system from net.Genesis Corp.;
a streaming media server from RealNetworks, Inc.; a spidering, content indexing,
personalization and categorization system from Autonomy, Inc.; and a firewall
from Network Associates Inc.
 
We maintain a data center with redundant production and staging servers. In the
event that all of the production servers fail, the staging servers are capable
of supporting our services. Our redundant Internet circuits are diversely routed
to different points within our providers' networks, so that interruptions will
be minimized if a failure in one network segment occurs. All of our servers are
powered by uninterruptible power supplies. In addition, all of our production
systems are copied to backup tapes each night and stored at an off-site storage
facility each business day. In the event of a disaster at the production
facility, arrangements are in place to resume production at an off-site center
maintained by a third party. We maintain a quality assurance process to
constantly monitor our servers, processes and network connectivity. We have
implemented these various redundancies and backup systems in order to minimize
the risk associated with damage from fire, power loss, telecommunications
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
failure, break-ins, computer viruses and other events beyond our control. See
"Risk Factors--Our systems are subject to damage from natural disasters,
telecommunication failures, electronic break-ins and similar problems."
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
We regard our content, brands and software as proprietary and attempt to protect
them by relying on trademark, copyright, trade secret and other laws and
restrictions. We currently have no patents or patents pending and do not
anticipate that patents will become a significant part of our intellectual
property in the foreseeable future. We pursue the registration of our trademarks
and service marks in the United States and internationally, and have applied for
registration in the United States and certain other countries for a number of
our trademarks and service marks. We also pursue copyright registration of our
content in the United States. We might not be able to obtain effective
trademark, copyright and trade secret protection in every country in which we
distribute our services or make them available through the Internet, and it is
difficult for us to police unauthorized use of our proprietary information.
 
Legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection
of certain proprietary rights in Internet-related businesses are uncertain and
still evolving. As a result, we cannot assure you that our proprietary rights
will remain viable or valuable in the future. We might not have taken adequate
steps to prevent the misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual
property. Any such infringement or misappropriation, should it occur, might harm
our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we may
have to file lawsuits in the future to perfect or enforce our intellectual
property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others. These lawsuits could result in
substantial costs and divert our resources and the attention of our management.
As a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition could
suffer.
 
Our business activities may infringe upon the proprietary rights of others, and
other parties might assert infringement claims against us. From time to time, we
have been, and expect to continue to be, subject to claims in the ordinary
course of our business including claims of alleged infringement of the
trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property rights of third
parties. If similar claims are made against us in the future, those claims and
any resultant litigation might subject us to liability for damages, result in
invalidation of our proprietary rights and, even if not meritorious, could be
time consuming and expensive to defend and could result in the diversion of our
resources and the attention of our management. As a result, our business,
results of operations and financial condition could suffer.
 
We generally obtain our content and some of our technology from our employees or
pursuant to work-for-hire arrangements. We also license certain technology and
content from third parties. In such license arrangements, we generally obtain
representations as to origin and ownership of such content and technology and
the licensors have generally agreed to defend, indemnify and hold us harmless
from any third party claims that such technology or content violates the rights
of another. We cannot be sure that these third party technology and content
protections will be effective or sufficient or that we will be able to maintain
such content or technology on commercially reasonable terms. As a result, our
business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer.
 
We have licensed in the past, and expect to license in the future, certain of
our proprietary rights, such as trademarks or copyrighted material, to third
parties. While we attempt to ensure that the quality of our brands and content
are maintained by such licensees, we cannot be sure that such licensees will not
take actions that might decrease the value of our brands, proprietary rights or
reputation, which could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and
results of operations.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
DOMAIN NAMES
 
We own the Internet domain name "internet.com," as well as numerous other domain
names both in the United States and internationally. Domain names generally are
regulated by Internet regulatory bodies. The regulation of domain names in the
United States and in foreign countries is subject to change. Regulatory bodies
could establish additional top-level domains, appoint additional domain name
registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we
might not acquire or maintain the "internet.com" or comparable domain name in
all the countries in which we conduct business.
 
The relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting
trademarks and similar proprietary rights is unclear and still evolving.
Therefore, we might be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain
names that infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other
proprietary rights. See "Risk Factors--Regulation could reduce the value of our
domain names."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
The following table sets forth a breakdown of our employees as of March 31,
1999:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        NUMBER OF
                                                                                        EMPLOYEES
                                                                                      -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>
Editorial...........................................................................           26
Marketing and sales.................................................................           28
Technology and operations...........................................................           18
Administration......................................................................           10
                                                                                              ---
    Total...........................................................................           82
                                                                                              ---
                                                                                              ---
</TABLE>
 
We have never had a work stoppage and no personnel are represented under
collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relations with our personnel
to be good.
 
FACILITIES
 
Our principal administrative, editorial, sales, marketing and information
technology facilities are located in Westport, Connecticut and are rented from
Penton Media. See "Certain Transactions." We believe that our current facilities
will be adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.
 
The following table sets forth a summary of our leased and subleased office
facilities as of March 31, 1999:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION                                                          SQUARE FEET   LEASED THROUGH
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ------------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>
Westport, Connecticut..........................................        7,000    December 1999
New York, New York.............................................        3,400    November 2000
Burlingame, California.........................................        1,800    December 2000
Ann Arbor, Michigan............................................        1,000    December 2000
Lexington, Kentucky............................................        1,000    December 1999
</TABLE>
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
We are not currently party to any material legal proceedings.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive
officers, directors and nominees for election to our board:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                         AGE                                   POSITION
- ---------------------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>
Alan M. Meckler                                  53   Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Christopher S. Cardell                           39   Director, President and Chief Operating Officer
Christopher J. Baudouin                          31   Chief Financial Officer
David B. Nussbaum                                41   Director
Beverly C. Chell(1)                              56   Director
Michael J. Davies(1)                             54   Director
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
 
(1) Will become a director on our board and a member of the compensation and
   audit committees of our board upon the closing of this offering.
 
KEY EMPLOYEES
 
The following table sets forth the names and positions of other key employees:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                         AGE                                   POSITION
- ---------------------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>
Christopher S. Elwell                            38   Vice President and General Manager
Susan F. Leiterstein                             47   Vice President and Publisher
Augustine Venditto                               43   Editor-in-Chief
Mark J. Berns                                    45   Chief Technology Officer
David M. Arganbright                             57   Vice President of Commerce and Licensing
Mitchell S. Eisenberg                            35   General Counsel
</TABLE>
 
ALAN M. MECKLER has been a director, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of internet.com since its inception. Previously, Mr. Meckler had been
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Mecklermedia since December
1993 and had been President and a director from 1971 through November 1997. Mr.
Meckler also held the office of Chairman of the Board of Mecklermedia during
certain periods since 1971, and was the only person to have held the offices of
Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer since Mecklermedia's founding.
 
CHRISTOPHER S. CARDELL has been a director, President and Chief Operating
Officer of internet.com since its inception. Previously, Mr. Cardell was
President and Chief Operating Officer of Mecklermedia since November 1997, and a
director since February 1997. Prior to November 1997, Mr. Cardell held the
office of Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial
Officer of Mecklermedia. He joined Mecklermedia as Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer in January 1996. Prior to that time, Mr. Cardell was a
Senior Manager with Arthur Andersen LLP.
 
CHRISTOPHER J. BAUDOUIN has been Chief Financial Officer of internet.com since
its inception. Mr. Baudouin served as Chief Financial Officer of Mecklermedia
since June 1998. He joined Mecklermedia as Controller in June 1997. Prior to
that time, Mr. Baudouin was a Manager with Arthur Andersen LLP.
 
DAVID B. NUSSBAUM has been a director of internet.com since its inception. He
has been Executive Vice President of Penton Media, Inc. and President of the
Electronics Group and Independent Exhibitions, Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Penton Media, since September 1998. He has been President of Internet World
Media, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Penton Media, since December,
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
1998. Before joining Penton, Mr. Nussbaum served as Senior Vice President of the
New York Division of Miller Freeman, Inc. from 1995 to August 1998 and as a Vice
President from 1994 to 1995.
 
BEVERLY C. CHELL will become a director of internet.com upon its conversion to a
corporation immediately before the closing of this offering. Ms. Chell has been
Vice Chairman, General Counsel and a Director of Primedia Inc. (formerly K-III
Communications Corporation) since March 1990. Ms. Chell was also a director of
Mecklermedia from December 1997 until it was acquired by Penton Media in
November 1998.
 
MICHAEL J. DAVIES will become a director of internet.com upon its conversion to
a corporation immediately before the closing of this offering. Mr. Davies has
been a special limited partner with American Business Partners since July 1997.
Prior to that he was a Managing Director, Corporate Finance, of the investment
bank Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated since 1993. Before joining Legg Mason,
Mr. Davies was the Publisher of the Baltimore Sun between 1990 and 1993. Mr.
Davies was also a director of Mecklermedia since January 1996 until it was
acquired by Penton Media in November 1998.
 
CHRISTOPHER S. ELWELL has been Vice President and General Manager of
internet.com and its predecessor business since January 1997. Mr. Elwell is
responsible for the editorial, sales and marketing operations of internet.com.
Prior to joining internet.com, Mr. Elwell was the Publisher at Cowles Business
Media Company's Simba Information division, a publisher of newsletters and
market research about the media industry. Prior to becoming the Publisher, Mr.
Elwell served in a variety of editorial, product development and management
roles.
 
SUSAN F. LEITERSTEIN has been Vice President and Publisher for internet.com and
its predecessor business since February 1997. Ms. Leiterstein is responsible for
developing and implementing strategies for building the advertising sales force
and continuing the constant growth of sales revenue. Ms. Leiterstein came to
internet.com from Cowles Business Media Company where she was responsible for
small space advertising for both traditional and online media. Prior to this,
she was the Vice President and Publisher of The McGraw-Hill Companies Sweet's
Group.
 
AUGUSTINE VENDITTO has been editor-in-chief of internet.com and its predecessor
business since January 1998. He has been writing about computers since 1984 and
is best known for his columns and articles in INTERNET WORLD, PC MAGAZINE, HOME
PC, and PC WEEK. In 1992, he was the founding editor-in-chief of Ziff-Davis'
WINDOWS SOURCES magazine. He is the author of six books and over 300 magazine
articles. Mr. Venditto began his career in 1977 with the Scott Meredith Literary
Agency.
 
MARK J. BERNS has served as Chief Technology Officer of internet.com since its
inception. Mr. Berns was Director of Information Technology for Mecklermedia
from July 1998 through November 1998. Prior to that, Mr. Berns was the
Technology Manager responsible for Internet development at The Associated Press.
Mr. Berns also served as Director of Product Development in The Associated
Press's Technology Department, where he was responsible for development and
support of a number of news delivery services.
 
DAVID M. ARGANBRIGHT has been Vice President of Commerce and Licensing of
internet.com and its predecessor business since June 1998. He initiated and is
responsible for internet.com's Commerce Affiliates Program. Prior to joining
internet.com, Mr. Arganbright was President of Grolier Interactive, a division
of the Lagardere Group's Grolier, Inc. and publisher of the GROLIER MULTIMEDIA
ENCYCLOPEDIA. Prior to joining Grolier, Mr. Arganbright held senior level
general management and marketing positions at Philips Electronics and the RCA
Corporation.
 
MITCHELL S. EISENBERG has served as General Counsel of internet.com since its
inception. In addition to overseeing all of internet.com's legal matters, he is
active in developing license and other e-commerce
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
agreements. Previously, Mr. Eisenberg was General Counsel to Mecklermedia since
January 1997. Prior to that time, Mr. Eisenberg was Commercial Counsel to
Framatome Connectors USA, Inc. and an associate with the law firm of Skadden,
Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND BOARD COMMITTEES
 
Our board of directors will be comprised of five directors upon the closing of
this offering. Directors are elected by the stockholders at each annual meeting
of stockholders and serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
All executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, the board
of directors.
 
The audit committee has the responsibility to review audited financial
statements and accounting practices of internet.com, and to consider and
recommend the employment of, and approve the fee arrangements with, independent
accountants for both audit functions and for advisory and other consulting
services. Upon the closing of this offering, the audit committee will be
comprised of Ms. Chell and Mr. Davies.
 
The compensation committee reviews and approves the compensation and benefits
for our key executive officers, administers our employee benefit plans and makes
recommendations to the board regarding such matters. Upon the closing of this
offering, the compensation committee will be comprised of Ms. Chell and Mr.
Davies.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
Directors of internet.com who are also employees or officers of internet.com,
Penton Media or Internet World Media do not receive any compensation
specifically related to their activities as directors, other than reimbursement
for expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board meetings.
Other directors will be paid an annual stipend of $4,000. For each board meeting
they attend, these other directors will receive $1,000 and will be reimbursed
for their expenses incurred in connection with the meeting. In addition, each of
these other directors will receive, upon becoming a director, options for 5,000
shares of common stock, which vest over a period of three years. Each of these
other directors will also receive options for 1,000 shares of common stock,
which also vest over a period of three years, for each year of service as a
director. See "--1999 Stock Incentive Plan."
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
Prior to this offering, our board did not have a compensation committee.
Compensation decisions were made by Mr. Meckler. Upon completion of this
offering, the compensation committee will make all compensation decisions. No
interlocking relationship exists between the board or compensation committee and
the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company, nor has
any such interlocking relationship existed in the past.
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND CHANGE OF CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
Each of Christopher S. Cardell and Christopher J. Baudouin has an employment
agreement with internet.com which provides for severance pay equal to one year
and six months, respectively, of his annual salary if his employment with
internet.com is terminated. Pursuant to our 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, the
vesting of stock options will be accelerated upon certain changes of control of
internet.com.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE. The following table sets forth, for the period from
inception (November 24, 1998) through December 31, 1998, cash and certain other
compensation paid or accrued by internet.com for the Chief Executive Officer of
internet.com in all capacities in which he served. The table also sets forth
cash and certain other compensation paid to or accrued by internet.com for
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
the period from inception through December 31, 1998 for the President and Chief
Operating Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of internet.com.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
      PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                                  ---------------------------------------------------
                  NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                       YEAR      SALARY($)    OTHER ANNUAL COMPENSATION
- ----------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  ---------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>          <C>
Alan M. Meckler.................................................       1998      12,164(1)                 --
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Christopher S. Cardell..........................................       1998      17,740(2)                 --
  President and Chief Operating Officer
Christopher J. Baudouin.........................................       1998      12,164(3)                 --
  Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
 
(1) Mr. Meckler's current annual salary is $120,000.
 
(2) Mr. Cardell's current annual salary is $175,000.
 
(3) Mr. Baudouin's current annual salary is $120,000.
 
1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
On April 15, 1999, we adopted the internet.com Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive
Plan and issued options to purchase 382,350 shares of our common stock to our
directors, officers and employees. The purpose of the plan is to provide
stock-based incentive compensation to these individuals to further align their
interests with the interests of our stockholders. 2,000,000 shares of common
stock have been reserved for issuance pursuant to the exercise or vesting of
awards under the plan.
 
The plan allows for the discretionary grant of restricted stock, non-qualified
stock options, or NQSOs, incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and other stock-based awards. In
addition, the plan provides for the automatic grant of NQSOs to our directors
who are not also employees or officers of internet.com, Penton Media or Internet
World Media. Only directors, key employees and consultants may receive
discretionary awards under the plan.
 
The plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of
directors. The compensation committee will make the determination with respect
to the discretionary awards under the plan, including which eligible individuals
are to receive awards under the plan and the specific terms, vesting conditions
(if any) and number of shares of stock to which each award relates.
 
The compensation committee may grant awards with different terms and conditions.
The compensation committee can also accelerate the vesting of outstanding awards
and can reprice any option at any time. At the time options are granted, the
compensation committee will set the price at which options can be exercised to
purchase shares of common stock.
 
Option holders will not have any rights as stockholders until and to the extent
they have exercised their options. The exercise price for options may either be
paid in cash or check or, at the discretion of the compensation committee, by
tendering shares having a value equal to the exercise price. The number of
shares of common stock covered by awards will be adjusted in the event of any
stock split, merger, recapitalization or similar corporate event.
 
The board of directors may terminate or amend the stock plan at any time, except
that the board may not, without the approval of our stockholders, increase the
maximum number of shares for which options may be granted under the stock plan
or expand the class of individuals eligible to participate in the plan.
 
Immediately after this offering, we intend to file a registration statement
under the Securities Act covering the 2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved
for issuance under the plan. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale--Stock
Options."
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
 
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will include a provision
that eliminates the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:
 
      -      for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to internet.com or
             its stockholders;
 
      -      for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional
             misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
      -      under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
             ("Delaware Law") regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases;
             and
 
      -      for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
             personal benefit.
 
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will also provide that:
 
      -      we must indemnify our directors, officers, other employees and
             agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law, subject to
             certain very limited exceptions; and
 
      -      we must pay expenses of our directors, and may pay expenses of our
             officers, other employees, agents or trustees, incurred in
             connection with a legal proceeding before the final disposition of
             such proceeding.
 
These provisions are permitted under Delaware Law. In addition, our Bylaws
provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent
permitted by Delaware Law.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnity
agreements with each of our directors and executive officers to give them
additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification
described above and to provide additional procedural protections. In addition,
we intend to obtain directors' and officers' insurance providing indemnification
for our directors, officers and certain employees for certain liabilities. We
believe that these indemnification provisions and agreements are necessary to
attract and retain qualified directors and officers.
 
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws may discourage stockholders
form bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty.
They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors
and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit
us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder's investment may be
adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage
awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification
provisions.
 
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our
directors, officers or employees regarding which indemnification is sought, nor
are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for
indemnification.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
On November 24, 1998, Mecklermedia, the former parent company of our
predecessor, was acquired by Internet World Media, Inc., which is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Penton Media. Following its purchase of Mecklermedia, Internet
World Media caused iWorld Corporation (comprised of all of the assets of the
iWorld division of Mecklermedia) to be merged into internet.com LLC, a
newly-formed Delaware limited liability company. Internet World Media then sold
80.1% of its membership interest in internet.com to Alan M. Meckler (including
four trusts for the benefit of his children) for a total of $18.0 million in
cash. Internet World Media retained a 19.9% interest in internet.com LLC and a
warrant to acquire up to an additional 128 membership units in internet.com LLC
(representing 2,075,634 shares of our common stock) for up to $3.0 million.
Since December 31, 1998, internet.com has sold additional membership units to
Internet World Media and to several additional investors, including certain of
internet.com's employees, officers and directors. In addition, in March 1999, we
granted 4% of internet.com's total membership units at the time (assuming full
dilution, including the exercise of the Internet World Media warrant) to 15 of
our employees.
 
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT. On November 24, 1998, Mr. Meckler and
Internet World Media entered into an Amended and Restated Limited Liability
Company Agreement governing internet.com LLC. Membership interests in
internet.com LLC are represented by membership units in the records of
internet.com LLC. As discussed above, additional membership units in
internet.com LLC were sold and granted after November 24, 1998, and a Second
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement was entered into in
March 1999, which included as members the holders of the membership units issued
after November 24, 1998 (the "Operating Agreement"). The Operating Agreement
also contains provisions relating to, among other things, the management of
internet.com LLC, allocations of profits and losses, transfer restrictions,
anti-dilution provisions, rights of first refusal, co-sale rights and drag-along
rights. The Operating Agreement will be of no further force and effect upon the
conversion of internet.com LLC to a corporation immediately prior to the closing
of this offering.
 
WARRANT AGREEMENT. On November 24, 1998, we issued a warrant to Internet World
Media to acquire up to 128 additional membership units in internet.com LLC for
up to $3.0 million. Upon the conversion of internet.com LLC into a corporation,
this warrant will entitle Internet World Media to purchase up to 2,075,634
shares of our common stock at an exercise price of approximately $1.45 per
share. Internet World Media has informed us that it intends to exercise this
warrant prior to the closing of this offering of common stock. As a result of
such exercise, following this offering, Internet World Media will hold 5,483,383
shares of our common stock, or approximately       % of the total shares of our
common stock which will be outstanding immediately following this offering
(assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option). If
Internet World Media does not exercise its warrant prior to the consummation of
this offering, the warrant will expire upon consummation of this offering.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT. On November 24, 1998, we entered into a
registration rights agreement with Internet World Media. Internet World Media
has certain "piggyback" registration rights if we register any of our equity
securities under the Securities Act following the offering of common stock made
by this Prospectus. For a further discussion of these registration rights, see
"Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights."
 
SERVICES AGREEMENT. On November 24, 1998, we entered into a Services Agreement
with Penton Media and Internet World Media. Penton Media and Internet World
Media provide us with certain services, including a royalty-free license to use
certain intellectual property and certain promotional, advertising and display
rights, and we provide certain services to Penton Media and Internet World
Media,
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
including a royalty-free license to use certain intellectual property, certain
advertising rights on our network of Web sites and related Internet media
properties and the inclusion of back issues of certain print publications on our
network of Web sites and related Internet media properties. See "Business--
Marketing and Sales."
 
TRADEMARK CO-LICENSE AGREEMENT. On November 24, 1998, we entered into a
Trademark Co-License Agreement with Internet World Media. Internet World Media
provides us with a royalty-free license to use several of its trademarks in
connection with our inclusion of those trademarks on our network of Web sites
and related Internet media properties. We provide Internet World Media with a
royalty-free license to use several of our trademarks in Internet World Media's
INTERNET WORLD, BOARDWATCH and DIRECTORY OF INTERNET SERVICE PROVIDERS print
publications, at Internet World Media's Internet World and ISPCON trade shows
and conferences and in promotional materials for those print publications, trade
shows and conferences.
 
COPYRIGHT CO-LICENSE AGREEMENT. On November 24, 1998, we entered into a
Copyright Co-License Agreement with Internet World Media. Internet World Media
provides us with a royalty-free license to use several of its copyrights in
connection with our inclusion of those copyrights and material protected by
those copyrights on our network of Web sites and related Internet media
properties. We provide Internet World Media with a royalty-free license to use
several of our copyrights and the material protected by those copyrights in
Internet World Media's INTERNET WORLD, BOARDWATCH and DIRECTORY OF INTERNET
SERVICE PROVIDERS print publications.
 
REORGANIZATION TRANSACTIONS
 
Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we will convert our business
form to a corporation. We will effect the reorganization by merging internet.com
LLC into a newly-formed Delaware corporation called internet.com Corporation. In
connection with this reorganization, our Operating Agreement will terminate.
Each member of internet.com LLC will receive shares of our common stock in
exchange for his or her membership units at a rate of 16,215.891 shares per
membership unit. For more information on the stock ownership of certain of these
members after the reorganization, see "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
OFFICE LEASES
 
Since November 24, 1998, internet.com has occupied space in Penton Media
facilities in Westport, Connecticut to house our corporate headquarters and in
Burlingame, California to house a portion of our sales force. Rent expense was
$7,000 for the use of these locations for the period from inception (November
24, 1998) through December 31, 1998. We are obligated to pay a proportionate
share of all electricity, heating, ventilation and air conditioning costs for
these premises. These leases are governed by the Services Agreement between
internet.com and Penton Media; we have not executed separate leases with Penton
Media regarding these premises.
 
VENTURE CAPITAL FUND
 
We organized and are the portfolio manager of internet.com Venture Fund I LLC, a
$5.0 million venture capital fund formed on April 12, 1999, that will invest in
content-based Internet properties that are not competitive with internet.com. We
earn management fees for the day to day operation and general management of the
fund. We also earn a percentage of the realized gains on investments made by
this fund. We committed to invest $600,000 in this fund at its inception.
Beverly C. Chell, who will become a member of our board of directors upon the
closing of this offering, has purchased a membership interest in the fund.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 1999 and as adjusted to
reflect the sale of the shares of common stock offered hereby by: (a) each
person who is known by internet.com to own beneficially more than 5% of our
common stock, (b) each director and director nominee of internet.com, (c) each
Named Executive Officer of internet.com and (d) all executive officers and
directors of internet.com as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                     SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED                       AFTER THE
                                                       PRIOR TO THE OFFERING      SHARES         OFFERING(1)(2)(3)
                                                     -------------------------     BEING     -------------------------
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                NUMBER       PERCENT      OFFERED       NUMBER       PERCENT
- ---------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Alan M. Meckler....................................    12,907,850(4)       64.5%     --           --           --    %
 
Penton Media, Inc.
1100 Superior Avenue, N.E.
Cleveland, Ohio 44114..............................     5,483,383   (5)       27.4     --         --           --
 
David B. Nussbaum..................................     5,483,383      (6)       27.4     --      --           --
 
Christopher S. Cardell.............................       441,889         2.2       --            --           --
 
Beverly C. Chell(7)................................       --           --           --            --           --
 
Michael J. Davies(7)...............................       --           --           --            --           --
 
Christopher J. Baudouin............................        70,439      --           --            *             *
 
All executive officers and directors as a group
  (six persons)....................................    18,903,560        94.5%          --        --           --    %
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
 
(1) Percentage ownership is based on 20,000,000 shares outstanding as of March
   31, 1999, assuming the conversion of internet.com from a limited liability
    company into a corporation (which is to occur immediately prior to the
    closing of this offering) had occurred as of such date. Shares of common
    stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days
    of March 31, 1999 are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the
    percentage ownership of the person holding such options but are not deemed
    outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
    Unless otherwise indicated below, the persons and entities named in the
    table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares
    beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where
    applicable.
 
(2) Assumes exercise by Internet World Media of a warrant to purchase up to
   2,075,634 shares. See "Certain Transactions."
 
(3) Assumes the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.
 
(4) Includes 1,443,214 shares held in trusts established for the benefit of Mr.
   Meckler's four children. Mr. Meckler exercises investment control over these
    trusts.
 
(5) Penton Media's beneficial ownership set forth above is based on the record
   ownership of these shares by Internet World Media which is a wholly-owned
    subsidiary of Penton Media.
 
(6) Mr. Nussbaum's beneficial ownership as set forth above relates to the shares
   beneficially owned by Penton Media and is based on Mr. Nussbaum's position as
    an officer of Penton Media. Mr. Nussbaum, who is Executive Vice President of
    Penton Media, disclaims beneficial ownership in such shares.
 
(7) Will become a director upon the closing of this offering.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have authorized capital stock
consisting of 75,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and
4,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. As of March 31,
1999, assuming the conversion of our business form into a corporation, and the
simultaneous conversion of limited liability company membership units into
shares of common stock, there were outstanding 20,000,000 shares of common
stock, each with a par value of $0.01, held of record by 25 stockholders, and an
outstanding warrant to purchase 2,075,634 shares of common stock.
 
The following description of internet.com's Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, Bylaws and the Registration Rights Agreement is only a summary,
and does not purport to be complete. For a full understanding of these documents
and the terms of our capital stock, you should read the original documents,
which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding
at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to
receive dividends out of assets legally available therefor at such times and in
such amounts as the board from time to time may determine. Holders of common
stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a
vote of shareholders. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not
authorized by internet.com's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
which means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of
the directors then standing for election. The common stock is not entitled to
preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption. Upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of internet.com, the assets legally
available for distribution to stockholders are distributable ratably among the
holders of the common stock after payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on
any outstanding preferred stock and payment of other claims of creditors. Each
outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common stock to be
outstanding upon completion of this offering will upon payment therefor be, duly
and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
The board is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by Delaware Law,
to issue preferred stock in one or more series. The board can fix the rights,
preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereon.
 
The board may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or
conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights
of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing
flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate
purposes, could, among other things, under certain circumstances, have the
effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of internet.com.
We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock. See "Risk
Factors--Our charter documents and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover."
 
WARRANTS
 
On November 24, 1998, we issued a warrant to Internet World Media which will
entitle Internet World Media to acquire additional shares of common stock prior
to the closing of this offering. See "Certain Transactions--Formation
Transactions--Warrant Agreement."
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
We entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with Internet World Media at the
closing of the acquisition of Mecklermedia by Internet World Media. Internet
World Media has certain piggyback registration rights if we register any of our
equity securities under the Securities Act (other than the common stock offered
by this prospectus, securities relating to employee benefits plans, securities
registered pursuant to Rule 145 of the Securities Act in connection with certain
reclassifications, mergers, acquisitions and asset transfers and registrations
which do not permit secondary sales). If we register additional equity
securities in the future, Internet World Media will have the right to have all
or a part of its internet.com common stock included in the registration
(including any shares of common stock acquired by Internet World Media by the
exercise of its warrant). However, the managing underwriter, if any, of any such
offering has certain rights to limit the number of securities that Internet
World Media may include in such registration. Internet World Media is entitled
to unlimited piggyback registrations.
 
We would bear all registration expenses incurred in connection with these
registrations. Internet World Media would pay all underwriting discounts and
selling commissions applicable to the sale of its securities.
 
DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS
 
EFFECT OF DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER STATUTE. We are subject to Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to certain exceptions,
prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in any "business
combination" with any "interested stockholder" for a period of three years
following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder,
unless:
 
      -      prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation
             approved either the business combination or the transaction that
             resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
      -      upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the
             stockholder becoming an interest stockholder, the interested
             stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
             corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; and
 
      -      on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved
             by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special
             meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the
             affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting
             stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
Section 203 defines "business combination" to include:
 
      -      any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the
             interested stockholder;
 
      -      any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of
             the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
      -      subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the
             issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the
             corporation to the interested stockholder;
 
      -      any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of
             increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or
             series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested
             stockholder; and
 
      -      the receipt by the "interested stockholder" of the benefit of any
             loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits
             provided by or through the corporation.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as an entity or person
beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or
controlled by such entity or person.
 
This statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or
change-in-control attempts with respect to internet.com and, accordingly, may
discourage attempts to acquire us.
 
Our Bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our
stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting may only be taken if it is
properly brought before such meeting. The Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and the Bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders
may only be called by the Chairman of the board, the Chief Executive Officer,
the board or by the President, who will call a meeting at the request of any
stockholder or stockholders holding together at least a majority of the
outstanding voting stock. Such provisions may have the effect of delaying or
preventing a change-in-control.
 
The board is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by Delaware Law,
to issue preferred stock in one or more series. The board can fix the rights,
preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereon. The board may authorize the issuance of
preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the
voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of
preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible
acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, under
certain circumstances, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in control of internet.com.
 
LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS. Our
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws limit liability
of directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law. See
"Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of
Liability."
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. The transfer agent and registrar for our common
stock is American Stock Transfer and Trust Company. Its address is 40 Wall
Street, New York, New York 10005, and its telephone number at this location is
(212) 936-5100.
 
LISTING. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq National
Market under the trading symbol "INTM."
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate
      shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares,
all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without
restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless such shares
are purchased by "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The remaining 20,000,000 shares of common stock held by existing
stockholders are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market
only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under
Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized
below.
 
As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions
of Rule 144 and 701, the restricted securities will be available for sale in the
public market on the date which is one year from the date of the effectiveness
of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to
the volume limitations and other conditions of Rule 144. The shares could be
available for resale immediately upon the expiration of such 180-day period in
the event of a favorable interpretation by the Securities and Exchange
Commission of certain provisions of Rule 144.
 
LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS. Our officers, directors and certain stockholders have signed
lock-up agreements under which they agreed not to transfer or dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.
Transfers or dispositions can be made sooner with the prior written consent of
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.
 
RULE 144. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days
after the date of this Prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of
our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
      -      1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which
             will equal       shares immediately after this offering; or
 
      -      the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on the Nasdaq
             National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing
             of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and
notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about
us.
 
RULE 144(K). Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of
our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years,
including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is
entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore,
unless otherwise restricted, "144(k) shares" may be sold immediately upon the
completion of this offering.
 
RULE 701. In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in
effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from
us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written
agreement is eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of
this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain
restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
REGISTRATION RIGHTS. Upon completion of this offering, Internet World Media,
which will (assuming the exercise of its warrant but assuming no exercise of the
underwriters' over-allotment option) hold 5,483,383 shares of our common stock,
or its transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the
registration of such shares under the Securities Act if we register additional
equity securities under the Securities Act. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Registration Rights." After such a registration, any shares registered
would become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.
Internet World Media would then not have any obligation or other restrictions on
resale with respect to our common stock, other than restrictions imposed by
lock-up agreements described above and applicable securities laws.
 
STOCK OPTIONS. Immediately after this offering, we intend to file a registration
statement under the Securities Act covering the 2,000,000 shares of common stock
reserved for issuance under our 1999 Stock Incentive Plan and the shares
reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding non-plan options. As of April
15, 1999, options to purchase 382,350 shares of common stock were issued and
outstanding. Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements describe above, at
least 4,500 shares of common stock will be subject to vested options (based on
options outstanding as of April 15, 1999). Such registration statement is
expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the
effective date of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such
registration statement will, subject to vesting provisions and Rule 144 volume
limitations applicable to our affiliates, be available for sale in the open
market immediately after the lock-up agreements expire.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
The underwriters named below, for whom U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. and
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are acting as representatives, have agreed to
buy, subject to the terms of the purchase agreement, the number of shares listed
opposite their names below. The underwriters are committed to purchase and pay
for all of the shares if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by
the over-allotment option described below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITERS                                                 NUMBER OF SHARES
- -----------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                          <C>
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.............................
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.............................
                                                             -----------------
 
      Total................................................
                                                             -----------------
                                                             -----------------
</TABLE>
 
The underwriters have advised us and the selling stockholder that they propose
to offer the shares to the public at $      per share. The underwriters propose
to offer the shares to certain dealers at the same price less a concession of
not more than $    per share. The underwriters may allow and the dealers may
reallow a concession of not more than $    per share on sales to certain other
brokers and dealers. After the offering, these figures may be changed by the
underwriters.
 
Penton Media, Inc. has granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to
an additional             shares of our common stock, at the same price to the
public, and with the same underwriting discount, as set forth in the table
above. The underwriters may exercise this option any time during the 30-day
period after the date of this prospectus, but only to cover over-allotments, if
any. To the extent the underwriters exercise the option, each underwriter will
become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the
same percentage of the additional shares as it was obligated to purchase under
the purchase agreement.
 
The following table shows the underwriting fees to be paid to the underwriters
in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no
exercise and full exercise of the over-allotment option.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FULL
                                                     NO EXERCISE    EXERCISE
                                                     -----------  ------------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
Per share..........................................   $            $
Total..............................................   $            $
</TABLE>
 
We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against
certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to
contribute to payments that the underwrites may be required to make in respect
of those liabilities.
 
We and each of our directors, executive officers, principal stockholders and the
selling stockholder have agreed to certain restrictions on our ability to sell
additional shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of
this prospectus. We have agreed not to directly or indirectly offer for sale,
sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise issue or
dispose of, any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of
common stock, or any related security or instrument, without the prior written
consent of the representatives. The agreements provide exceptions for (1) sales
to the underwriters pursuant to the purchase agreement, (2) our sales in
connection with the exercise of options granted and the granting of options to
purchase shares under the existing stock
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
option plans and (3) certain other exceptions specified in the purchase
agreement and lock-up agreements.
 
Of the          shares of common stock offered by us,        shares will be
reserved for sale to persons designated by us. Total shares reserved for sale to
persons designated by us will not exceed 5% of the total shares offered. Shares
not sold to these persons will be reoffered immediately by the underwriters to
the public at the initial public offering price.
 
Prior to the offering, there has been no established trading market for the
common stock. The initial public offering price for the shares of common stock
offered by this prospectus was negotiated by us and the underwriters. The
factors considered in determining the initial public offering price include the
history of and the prospects for the industry in which we compete, our past and
present operations, our historical results of operations, our prospects for
future earnings, the recent market prices of securities of generally comparable
companies and the general condition of the securities markets at the time of the
offering and other relevant factors. There can be no assurance that the initial
public offering price of the common stock will correspond to the price at which
the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or
that an active public market for the common stock will develop and continue
after this offering.
 
PRICING OF THIS OFFERING
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.
Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock was
determined by negotiation among internet.com and the representatives of the
underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the public offering
price were:
 
      -      prevailing market conditions;
 
      -      our results of operations in recent periods;
 
      -      the present stage of our development;
 
      -      the market capitalizations and stages of development of other
             companies which we and the representatives of the underwriters
             believe to be comparable to internet.com; and
 
      -      estimates of our business potential.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon
for internet.com by Willkie Farr & Gallagher, New York, New York. Certain legal
matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the
underwriters by Cooley Godward LLP, San Francisco, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
The audited financial statements and schedules included in this prospectus and
elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen
LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in giving said reports.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC for the stock we
are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not include all of the
information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to the
registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Whenever we
make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other
documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to
the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual
contract, agreement or other document. When we complete this offering, we will
also be required to file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements
and other information with the SEC.
 
You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the
Internet at the SEC's Web site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy
any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 450
Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549, 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. You may also obtain copies of the documents at
prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 450
Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. Our
SEC filings are also available at the office of the Nasdaq National Market. For
further information on obtaining copies of our public filings at the Nasdaq
National Market, you should call (212) 656-5060.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                             -----------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants...................................................................         F-2
 
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1998......................................................................         F-3
 
Statement of Operations for the Period from Inception (November 24, 1998) through December 31, 1998........         F-4
 
Statement of Changes in Members' Capital for the Period from Inception (November 24, 1998) through December
  31, 1998.................................................................................................         F-5
 
Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from Inception (November 24, 1998) through December 31, 1998........         F-6
 
Notes to Financial Statements..............................................................................         F-7
</TABLE>
 
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants...................................................................       F-14
 
Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1997 and 1998...........................................................       F-15
 
Statements of Operations for the Years ended September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the Period from
  October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998................................................................       F-16
 
Statements of Changes in Division Equity for the Years ended September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the
  Period from October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998....................................................       F-17
 
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the Period from
  October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998................................................................       F-18
 
Notes to Financial Statements..............................................................................       F-19
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors of internet.com LLC:
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of internet.com LLC (a Delaware
limited liability company) as of December 31, 1998, and the related statements
of operations, changes in members' capital and cash flows for the period from
inception (November 24, 1998) through December 31, 1998. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of internet.com LLC as of December
31, 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period
from inception (November 24, 1998) through December 31, 1998, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Stamford, Connecticut
April 5, 1999
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
 
                               DECEMBER 31, 1998
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
                                     ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.....................................................   $     129
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $42.................................       1,723
  Prepaid expenses and other....................................................         312
                                                                                  -----------
      Total current assets......................................................       2,164
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.....................................................       1,380
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net..........................................................      20,043
                                                                                  -----------
      Total assets..............................................................   $  23,587
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  -----------
                        LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' CAPITAL
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable..............................................................   $     482
  Accrued payroll and related expenses..........................................         296
  Accrued Web site acquisition payments.........................................         775
  Accrued expenses and other....................................................         584
  Borrowings under line of credit...............................................       1,886
                                                                                  -----------
      Total current liabilities.................................................       4,023
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES...................................................      --
 
MEMBERS' CAPITAL:
  Members' capital, 1,000 units issued and outstanding..........................      22,472
  Accumulated deficit...........................................................      (2,908)
                                                                                  -----------
      Total members' capital....................................................      19,564
                                                                                  -----------
      Total liabilities and members' capital....................................   $  23,587
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
  FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
REVENUES..............................................................        $     772
COST OF REVENUES......................................................              403
                                                                                -------
GROSS PROFIT..........................................................              369
                                                                                -------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Advertising, promotion and selling..................................              239
  General and administrative..........................................              449
  Depreciation........................................................               15
  Amortization........................................................              566
  Purchased in-process research and development.......................            2,000
                                                                                -------
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES..............................................            3,269
                                                                                -------
OPERATING LOSS........................................................           (2,900)
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET.................................................               (8)
                                                                                -------
NET LOSS..............................................................        $  (2,908)
                                                                                -------
                                                                                -------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                    STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' CAPITAL
 
  FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         MEMBERS' CAPITAL                    TOTAL
                                                                       --------------------  ACCUMULATED   MEMBERS'
                                                                         UNITS     AMOUNT      DEFICIT      CAPITAL
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
BALANCE AT INCEPTION (November 24, 1998).............................      1,000  $  22,472   $       --   $  22,472
Net loss.............................................................     --         --           (2,908)     (2,908)
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998.........................................      1,000  $  22,472   $   (2,908)  $  19,564
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
  FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss............................................................        $  (2,908)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
    activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.....................................              581
    Purchased in-process research and development.....................            2,000
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable, net........................................             (553)
      Prepaid expenses and other......................................              (23)
      Accounts payable................................................              183
      Accrued expenses and other......................................              108
                                                                                -------
        Net cash used in operating activities.........................             (612)
                                                                                -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Additions to property and equipment.................................             (546)
  Acquisitions of Web sites, related Internet media properties and
    other.............................................................             (599)
                                                                                -------
        Net cash used in investing activities.........................           (1,145)
                                                                                -------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Borrowings under line of credit.....................................            1,886
                                                                                -------
        Net cash provided by financing activities.....................            1,886
                                                                                -------
Net change in cash....................................................              129
 
Cash at beginning of period...........................................           --
                                                                                -------
Cash at end of period.................................................        $     129
                                                                                -------
                                                                                -------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW:
  Cash paid for interest..............................................        $       8
                                                                                -------
                                                                                -------
  Cash paid for income taxes..........................................        $  --
                                                                                -------
                                                                                -------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
  FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS
 
On November 24, 1998, Internet World Media, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Penton Media, Inc., acquired 8,989,114 shares of Mecklermedia Corporation common
stock, representing approximately 98.6% of the outstanding shares of common
stock of Mecklermedia Corporation, for a cash price of $29.00 per share. The
shares were purchased pursuant to a tender offer to acquire all of the
outstanding shares of Mecklermedia Corporation common stock commenced on October
15, 1998.
 
On November 24, 1998, Penton Media, Inc. completed the merger (the "First
Merger") of Internet World Media, Inc. with and into Mecklermedia Corporation.
Upon consummation of the First Merger, Internet World Media, Inc. became a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Penton Media, Inc. and the shareholders of
Mecklermedia Corporation who did not tender their shares became entitled to
receive $29.00 per share. The total purchase price for Mecklermedia Corporation
was approximately $274.0 million for the tendered shares, which included certain
additional amounts paid in respect of outstanding stock options and warrants.
 
Upon consummation of the First Merger, the iWorld division of Mecklermedia
Corporation, a division of Internet World Media, Inc., was merged (the "Second
Merger") into internet.com LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which was
the surviving entity in the Second Merger. Upon consummation of the Second
Merger, Internet World Media, Inc., which was the sole member of internet.com
LLC, sold 80.1% of its membership interest in internet.com LLC to Alan M.
Meckler and certain of his affiliates for an aggregate purchase price of $18.0
million in cash. Internet World Media, Inc. retained the remaining 19.9%
membership interest and a warrant to acquire additional membership units in
internet.com LLC for up to $3.0 million. Upon the conversion of internet.com LLC
into a corporation, this warrant will entitle Internet World Media, Inc. to
purchase up to 2,075,634 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of
$1.45 per share. Assuming this warrant is exercised, following this offering,
Internet World Media, Inc. will hold 5,483,383 shares of our common stock. If
Internet World Media, Inc. does not exercise its warrant prior to the
consummation of this offering, the warrant will expire upon consummation of this
offering.
 
The valuation amount of the Second Merger was $22.5 million and was accounted
for using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, a portion of the
valuation amount was allocated to the net assets acquired based on their
estimated fair values. The fair value of tangible assets acquired and
liabilities assumed was $2.3 million and $1.8 million, respectively. In
addition, $2.0 million of the valuation amount, which was determined by an
independent appraiser, was allocated to in-process research and development
projects that had not reached technological feasibility and had no probable
alternative future uses, which we expensed at our date of inception (November
24, 1998). The balance of the valuation amount, $20.0 million, was recorded as
intangibles and is being amortized over three years on a straight-line basis.
 
Since all of internet.com's products and services relate to providing
Internet-related information to Internet industry and Internet technology
professionals, Web developers and sophisticated Internet users, its success is
dependent on the continued growth of the Internet.
 
On April 13, 1999, the Board of Directors authorized internet.com to proceed
with an initial public offering ("IPO") of our common stock.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
  FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION. internet.com barters portions of the unsold advertising
impressions generated by its Web sites and related Internet media properties for
advertising and promotion in media properties owned by Penton Media and other
third parties. internet.com does not record any revenues or expenses for such
barter because it does not receive or expend any cash and because the valuation
of such transactions is difficult to establish. Management also believes that
not recording any revenues or expenses for barter more accurately reflects its
actual results of operations and as a result provides a more meaningful
presentation to the users of its financial statements.
 
internet.com generates its revenues from four primary sources: the sale of
advertising on internet.com's Web sites, e-mail newsletters, online discussion
forums and moderated e-mail discussion lists; e-commerce agreements; licensing
of internet.com editorial content, brands and software; and subscriptions to
paid e-mail newsletters.
 
       ADVERTISING REVENUES. Advertising revenue is recognized ratably in the
       period the advertising is displayed, provided that no significant company
       obligations remain and collection of the resulting receivable is
       probable. Company obligations typically include guarantees of a minimum
       number of advertising impressions, or times that an advertisement is
       viewed by users of internet.com's Web sites and related Internet media
       properties.
 
       E-COMMERCE REVENUES. E-commerce affiliate agreements generally include a
       fixed fee for advertising as well as revenue sharing for sales made by
       the affiliates. The advertising component of these agreements is
       recognized ratably in the period the advertising is displayed, provided
       that no significant company obligations remain and collection of the
       remaining receivable is probable. The revenue sharing component of these
       agreements is recognized as revenue in the period that the underlying
       sale is made by the e-commerce affiliate.
 
       LICENSING REVENUES. The licensing agreements vary, with internet.com
       generating fixed fees and royalties for monthly access to editorial
       content, brands and software produced by internet.com. Such amounts are
       recognized as revenue in the month earned.
 
       PAID SUBSCRIPTION REVENUES. Subscription revenue relates to customer
       subscriptions to our paid e-mail newsletters. Revenue from subscriptions
       is recognized ratably over the subscription period. Deferred revenues
       relate to the portion of collected subscription fees which have not yet
       been recognized as revenue.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK. Financial instruments that potentially subject
internet.com to a significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of
cash and accounts receivable. internet.com deposits all its cash with a single
financial institution. Most of internet.com's accounts receivable as of December
31, 1998 are from Internet-related businesses.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
  FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
At December 31, 1998, three customers accounted for 38% of accounts receivable.
For the period from inception (November 24, 1998) through December 31, 1998, one
customer accounted for 25% of revenues.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS. internet.com considers all highly liquid investments
purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents. At December 31, 1998, internet.com had no investments with
maturities greater than three months.
 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS. The recorded amounts of financial instruments such as
cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt
approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT. Depreciation of computer equipment and software is
provided for by the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging
from three to five years. Depreciation of furniture, fixtures and equipment is
provided for by the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging
from five to ten years.
 
Maintenance and repair expenditures are charged to appropriate expense accounts
in the period incurred; replacements, renewals and betterments are capitalized.
Upon the sale or other disposition of property, the cost and accumulated
depreciation of such properties are eliminated from the accounts and the gains
or losses thereon are reflected in operations.
 
INTANGIBLE ASSETS. Intangible assets, primarily consisting of goodwill, are
being amortized using the straight-line method over three years.
 
internet.com periodically reviews the carrying value of its intangible assets
and property and equipment to determine whether an impairment may exist.
internet.com considers relevant cash flow, estimated future operating trends and
other available information in assessing whether the carrying value of these
assets can be recovered. internet.com believes no such impairment exists as of
December 31, 1998.
 
ACCRUED WEB SITE ACQUISITION PAYMENTS. Accrued Web site acquisition payments
consist of future amounts payable under purchase agreements for Web sites and
related Internet media properties.
 
INCOME TAXES. internet.com accounts for income taxes in accordance with the
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting
for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). SFAS 109 requires an asset and liability
approach which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax
liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities.
Valuation allowances will be established when necessary to reduce deferred tax
assets to the amount expected to be realized.
 
No benefit for federal and state income taxes is reported in the financial
statements as internet.com has elected to be taxed as a partnership prior to the
reorganization of the limited liability company into a corporation, which will
take effect immediately prior to the closing of the IPO. Therefore, the federal
and state income tax effects of internet.com's results of operations are
recorded by the members in their respective income tax returns.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
  FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
ADVERTISING COSTS. internet.com expenses advertising costs as incurred.
Advertising expense was approximately $44,000 for the period from inception
(November 24, 1998) through December 31, 1998.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS. In June 1997, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information"
("SFAS No. 131"), which establishes standards for reporting information about
operating segments in annual financial statements. It also establishes standards
for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major
customers. SFAS No. 131 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1997. internet.com operates in one industry segment.
 
In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA")
issued Statement of Position 98-1, "Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software
Developed or Obtained for Internal Use" ("SOP 98-1"). SOP 98-1 is effective for
financial statements for years beginning after December 15, 1998. SOP 98-1
provides guidance over accounting for computer software developed or obtained
for internal use including the requirement to capitalize specified costs and
amortization of such costs. The adoption of this standard is not expected to
have a material effect on internet.com's capitalization policy.
 
In April 1998, the AICPA issued Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the
Costs of Start-Up Activities" ("SOP 98-5"). SOP 98-5, which is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998, provides guidance on the
financial reporting of start-up costs and organization costs. It requires costs
of start-up activities and organization costs to be expensed as incurred. As
internet.com has expensed these costs historically, the adoption of this
statement is not expected to have a significant impact on internet.com's results
of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        1998
                                                                                    -------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Computer equipment and software...................................................    $   1,248
Furniture, fixtures and equipment.................................................          147
                                                                                         ------
                                                                                          1,395
Less: Accumulated depreciation....................................................          (15)
                                                                                         ------
Property and equipment, net.......................................................    $   1,380
                                                                                         ------
                                                                                         ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
  FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        1998
                                                                                    ------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Goodwill..........................................................................   $   22,340
Trademarks........................................................................          269
                                                                                    ------------
                                                                                         22,609
Less: Accumulated amortization....................................................       (2,566)
                                                                                    ------------
Intangibles, net..................................................................   $   20,043
                                                                                    ------------
                                                                                    ------------
</TABLE>
 
5. ACQUISITIONS OF ASSETS
 
internet.com acquired various Web sites and related Internet media properties
during the period from inception (November 24, 1998) through December 31, 1998.
These acquisitions were accounted for as purchases, and accordingly, the assets
and liabilities of the acquired Web sites and related Internet media properties
have been recorded at their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition.
The excess of purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets
acquired, in the amount of $599,000 has been recorded as goodwill and is being
amortized over its estimated useful life. The pro forma results for the period
from inception (November 24, 1998) through December 31, 1998, assuming these
acquisitions had been made at the beginning of the period, would not be
materially different from reported results.
 
6. LINE OF CREDIT
 
internet.com has a $6.0 million line of credit with a bank secured by a personal
guarantee from Alan M. Meckler, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
internet.com. internet.com had outstanding borrowings under the line of credit
of approximately $1.9 million as of December 31, 1998. Interest expense on this
line is based on the lower of prime plus 1% or LIBOR plus .65% (5.7% as of
December 31, 1998). This line of credit expires on November 15, 1999.
 
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Since November 24, 1998, internet.com has occupied space in Penton Media, Inc.
facilities in Westport, Connecticut to house its corporate headquarters and in
Burlingame, California to house a portion of its sales force. Rent expense for
this space was approximately $7,000 for the period from inception (November 24,
1998) through December 31, 1998. internet.com is obligated to pay its
proportionate share of all electricity, heating, ventilation and air
conditioning costs for these premises. Future annual minimum lease payments
under all operating leases as of December 31, 1998 were as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
1999....................................................................................  $     236
2000....................................................................................        131
                                                                                          ---------
                                                                                          $     367
                                                                                          ---------
                                                                                          ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
  FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
Rent expense was approximately $15,000 for the period from inception (November
24, 1998) through December 31, 1998.
 
internet.com has entered into employment agreements with two of its officers
with terms ranging from six months to one year.
 
internet.com is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the
ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of management, the amount of
ultimate liability with respect to these actions will not materially affect the
financial position of internet.com.
 
8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
internet.com has a defined contribution plan which qualifies under Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for employees meeting certain service
requirements. The plan allows eligible employees to contribute up to 15% of
their compensation to the plan. At the discretion of the Board of Directors,
internet.com may also make contributions dependent on profits each year for the
benefit of all eligible employees under the plan. There were no discretionary
contributions for the period from inception (November 24, 1998) through December
31, 1998.
 
9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
internet.com, Internet World Media, Inc. and Penton Media, Inc. entered into a
Services Agreement dated November 24, 1998, whereby internet.com agreed to
provide certain services to Internet World Media, Inc. and Penton Media, Inc. in
return for services to be provided to internet.com by Internet World Media, Inc.
and Penton Media, Inc. The Services Agreement expires November 24, 2001 and will
automatically renew for three-year terms unless canceled by either party.
 
On November 24, 1998, internet.com entered into a Trademark Co-License Agreement
with Internet World Media. Internet World Media provides internet.com with a
royalty-free license to use several of its trademarks in connection with the
inclusion of those trademarks on internet.com's network of Web sites and related
Internet media properties. internet.com provides Internet World Media with a
royalty-free license to use several of internet.com's trademarks in Internet
World Media's INTERNET WORLD, BOARDWATCH and DIRECTORY OF INTERNET SERVICE
PROVIDERS print publications, at Internet World Media's Internet World and
ISPCON trade shows and conferences and in promotional materials for those print
publications, trade shows and conferences.
 
On November 24, 1998, internet.com entered into a Copyright Co-License Agreement
with Internet World Media. Internet World Media provides internet.com with a
royalty-free license to use several of its copyrights in connection with the
inclusion of those copyrights and material protected by those copyrights on
internet.com's network of Web sites and related Internet media properties.
internet.com provides Internet World Media with a royalty-free license to use
several of internet.com's copyrights and the material protected by those
copyrights in Internet World Media's INTERNET WORLD, BOARDWATCH and DIRECTORY OF
INTERNET SERVICE PROVIDERS print publications.
 
Since November 24, 1998, internet.com has occupied space in Penton Media, Inc.
facilities in Westport, Connecticut to house its corporate headquarters and in
Burlingame, California to house a portion of its sales force. Rent expense for
this space was $7,000 for the period from inception (November 24, 1998)
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
  FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
through December 31, 1998. internet.com is obligated to pay its proportionate
share of all electricity, heating, ventilation and air conditioning costs for
these premises.
 
We believe that the terms of each of the transactions described above, taken as
a whole, were no less favorable than internet.com could have obtained from
unaffiliated third parties.
 
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL MEMBERSHIP UNITS. Since December 31, 1998, internet.com
has sold additional membership units for an aggregate of approximately
$2,241,000 to Internet World Media and to several additional investors,
including certain of internet.com's employees, officers and directors. In
addition, in March 1999, internet.com granted 4% of its total membership units
at the time (assuming full dilution, including the exercise of the Internet
World Media warrant) to certain of its employees. During the three months ending
March 31, 1999, internet.com has recorded a $1.6 million compensation charge
reflecting the fair value of the membership units granted.
 
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN. In April 1999, internet.com established a stock incentive
plan under which internet.com may issue qualified incentive or nonqualified
stock options to key employees, including officers, and consultants and
directors up to an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of common stock, of which
382,350 options were granted on April 15, 1999 under the plan. The purchase
price of the common stock under such options will be not less than the fair
market value of the shares on the date of grant. The plan will terminate on
April 15, 2009.
 
VENTURE CAPITAL FUND. In April 1999, internet.com established internet.com
Venture Fund I LLC, a $5.0 million venture fund that will invest in early-stage
content-based Internet properties that are not competitive with internet.com.
internet.com earns management fees for the day to day operation and general
management of the fund. internet.com will also earn a percentage of the realized
gains on investments made by this fund. internet.com has committed to invest
$600,000 in this fund at its inception.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors of internet.com LLC:
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of the iWorld division of
Mecklermedia Corporation, as of September 30, 1997 and 1998, and the related
statements of operations, changes in division equity and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended September 30, 1998 and for the period
October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the iWorld division of
Mecklermedia Corporation, as of September 30, 1997 and 1998, and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended September 30, 1998, and for the period October 1, 1998 through November
23, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Stamford, Connecticut
April 5, 1999
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                 --------------------
                                                                                                   1997       1998
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
                                            ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $17 and $149, respectively.........................  $     432  $   1,002
  Prepaid expenses and other...................................................................         70        257
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
      Total current assets.....................................................................        502      1,259
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net....................................................................        831      1,336
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net.........................................................................      1,479      4,630
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
      Total assets.............................................................................  $   2,812  $   7,225
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                LIABILITIES AND DIVISION EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable.............................................................................  $     162  $     316
  Accrued payroll and related expenses.........................................................        475        625
  Accrued expenses.............................................................................         31         32
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
      Total current liabilities................................................................        668        973
DIVISION EQUITY................................................................................      2,144      6,252
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
      Total liabilities and division equity....................................................  $   2,812  $   7,225
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER   OCTOBER 1, 1998
                                                                              30,                    THROUGH
                                                                -------------------------------   NOVEMBER 23,
                                                                  1996       1997       1998          1998
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
REVENUES......................................................  $     498  $   1,479  $   3,544     $     778
COST OF REVENUES..............................................        536      1,171      2,171           456
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------         -----
GROSS PROFIT..................................................        (38)       308      1,373           322
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------         -----
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Advertising, promotion and selling..........................        285        881      1,406           441
  General and administrative..................................        727        751      1,349           195
  Depreciation................................................         85        326        429            67
  Amortization................................................        109        505        920            86
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------         -----
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES......................................      1,206      2,463      4,104           789
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------         -----
NET LOSS......................................................  $  (1,244) $  (2,155) $  (2,731)    $    (467)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------         -----
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------         -----
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
 
                    STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN DIVISION EQUITY
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
       AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 1, 1998 THROUGH NOVEMBER 23, 1998
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1995...........................................................................  $     265
Contributions from Mecklermedia Corporation.............................................................      1,787
Net loss................................................................................................     (1,244)
                                                                                                          ---------
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996...........................................................................        808
Contributions from Mecklermedia Corporation.............................................................      3,491
Net loss................................................................................................     (2,155)
                                                                                                          ---------
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1997...........................................................................      2,144
Contributions from Mecklermedia Corporation.............................................................      6,839
Net loss................................................................................................     (2,731)
                                                                                                          ---------
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1998...........................................................................      6,252
Contributions from Mecklermedia Corporation.............................................................      3,877
Net loss................................................................................................       (467)
                                                                                                          ---------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 23, 1998............................................................................  $   9,662
                                                                                                          ---------
                                                                                                          ---------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         FOR THE YEARS ENDED        OCTOBER 1, 1998
                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,               THROUGH
                                                                   -------------------------------   NOVEMBER 23,
                                                                     1996       1997       1998          1998
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss.......................................................  $  (1,244) $  (2,155) $  (2,731)    $    (467)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
    activities:
    Depreciation and amortization................................        194        831      1,349           153
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable, net...................................       (142)      (261)      (570)         (326)
      Prepaid expenses and other.................................         26        (41)      (187)          (28)
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses......................         21        534        305          (725)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
        Net cash used in operating activities....................     (1,145)    (1,092)    (1,834)       (1,393)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Additions to property and equipment............................       (315)      (740)      (934)          (91)
  Acquisitions of Web sites, related Internet media properties
    and other....................................................       (327)    (1,659)    (4,071)       (2,393)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
        Net cash used in investing activities....................       (642)    (2,399)    (5,005)       (2,484)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Contributions from Mecklermedia Corporation....................      1,787      3,491      6,839         3,877
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
        Net cash provided by financing activities................      1,787      3,491      6,839         3,877
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Net change in cash...............................................     --         --         --            --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Cash at beginning of period......................................     --         --         --            --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Cash at end of period............................................  $  --      $  --      $  --         $  --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW:
Cash paid for interest...........................................  $  --      $  --      $  --         $  --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Cash paid for income taxes.......................................  $  --      $  --      $  --         $  --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
       AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 1, 1998 THROUGH NOVEMBER 23, 1998
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS
 
The accompanying financial statements and related notes reflect the carved-out
historical results of operations and financial position of the iWorld division
of Mecklermedia Corporation ("iWorld"). The Statements of Operations include all
revenues and costs directly attributable to iWorld, including costs for
facilities, functions and services used by iWorld at shared sites and
allocations of costs for certain administrative functions and services performed
by centralized departments within Mecklermedia Corporation.
 
iWorld consisted of a network of Web sites and related Internet media properties
that delivered the latest news and resources for the Internet industry,
directories of Internet products and services, back issues of the Mecklermedia
Corporation's print publications, and information about Mecklermedia
Corporation's trade shows.
 
Costs were allocated to iWorld based on management's estimate of costs
attributable to the operation of the business. Such costs are not necessarily
indicative of the costs that would have been incurred if iWorld had been a
separate entity.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION. iWorld bartered portions of the unsold advertising
impressions generated by its Web sites and related Internet media properties for
advertising and promotion in media properties owned by third parties. iWorld did
not record any revenues or expenses for such barter because it did not receive
or expend any cash and because the valuation of such transactions was difficult
to establish. Management also believed that not recording any revenues or
expenses for barter more accurately reflected its actual results of operations
and as a result provided a more meaningful presentation to the users of its
financial statements.
 
iWorld generated its revenues from four primary sources: the sale of advertising
on iWorld Web sites, e-mail newsletters, online discussion forums and moderated
e-mail discussion lists; e-commerce agreements; licensing of iWorld editorial
content, brands and software; and subscriptions to paid e-mail newsletters.
 
      ADVERTISING REVENUES. Advertising revenue is recognized ratably in the
      period the advertising is displayed, provided that no significant company
      obligations remain and collection of the resulting receivable is probable.
      Company obligations typically include guarantees of a minimum number of
      advertising impressions, or times that an advertisement is viewed by users
      iWorld's Web sites and related Internet media properties.
 
      E-COMMERCE REVENUES. E-commerce affiliate agreements generally include a
      fixed fee for advertising as well as revenue sharing for sales made by the
      affiliates. The advertising component of these agreements is recognized
      ratably in the period the advertising is displayed, provided that no
      significant company obligations remain and collection of the remaining
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
       AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 1, 1998 THROUGH NOVEMBER 23, 1998
 
      receivable is probable. The revenue sharing component of these agreements
      is recognized as revenue in the period that the underlying sale is made by
      the e-commerce affiliate.
 
      LICENSING REVENUES. The licensing agreements vary, with iWorld typically
      generating fixed fees and royalties for monthly access to editorial
      content produced by iWorld. Such amounts are recognized as revenue in the
      month earned.
 
      PAID SUBSCRIPTION REVENUES. Subscription revenue relates to customer
      subscriptions to our paid e-mail newsletters. Revenue from subscriptions
      is recognized ratably over the subscription period. Deferred revenues
      relate to the portion of collected subscription fees which have not yet
      been recognized as revenue.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK. Financial instruments that potentially subject
iWorld to a significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash
and accounts receivable. iWorld deposits all its cash primarily with a single
financial institution. Most of iWorld's accounts receivable as of September 30,
1996, 1997, and 1998 are from Internet-related businesses.
 
At September 30, 1997, and 1998, four and three customers accounted for 33% and
28% of accounts receivable, respectively. For the year ended September 30, 1996,
one customer accounted for 15% of revenues. For the year ended September 30,
1997, two customers accounted for 38% of revenues. For the year ended September
30, 1998, one customer accounted for 17% of revenues. For the period from
October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998, one customer accounted for 21% of
revenues.
 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS. The recorded amounts of financial instruments such as
cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate
their fair values due to their short maturities.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT. Depreciation of computer equipment and software is
provided for by the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging
from three to five years. Depreciation of furniture, fixtures and equipment is
provided for by the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging
from five to ten years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided for
over the lesser of the term of the related lease or the estimated useful life of
the improvement.
 
Maintenance and repair expenditures are charged to appropriate expense accounts
in the period incurred; replacements, renewals and betterments are capitalized.
Upon the sale or other disposition of property, the cost and accumulated
depreciation of such properties are eliminated from the accounts and the gains
or losses thereon are reflected in operations.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
       AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 1, 1998 THROUGH NOVEMBER 23, 1998
 
INTANGIBLE ASSETS. Intangible assets, primarily consisting of goodwill,
resulting from acquisitions of Web sites and related Internet media properties
are being amortized using the straight-line method over periods ranging from
three to five years.
 
INCOME TAXES. The taxable losses of iWorld for each of the three years in the
period ended September 30, 1998 and for the period October 1, 1998 through
November 23, 1998 were included in the Mecklermedia Corporation's consolidated
income tax returns. For all periods presented, deferred income taxes and related
income tax expenses have been recorded by applying the asset and liability
approach to each component of iWorld as if it were a separate taxpayer. Under
this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the expected future
tax consequences of carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying
amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities.
 
ADVERTISING COSTS. iWorld expensed advertising costs as incurred. Advertising
expense was approximately $62,000, $163,000, $320,000 and $167,000 for the three
years ended September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the period October 1, 1998
through November 23, 1998, respectively.
 
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                               --------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
                                                                                 1997       1998
                                                                               ---------  ---------
Computer equipment...........................................................  $   1,124  $   1,694
Furniture, fixtures and equipment............................................        142        420
Leasehold improvements.......................................................         48        134
                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                   1,314      2,248
Less: Accumulated depreciation...............................................       (483)      (912)
                                                                               ---------  ---------
Property and equipment, net..................................................  $     831  $   1,336
                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
4. INTANGIBLES ASSETS
 
Intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                               --------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
                                                                                 1997       1998
                                                                               ---------  ---------
Goodwill.....................................................................  $   1,787  $   5,690
Trademarks...................................................................        306        474
                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                   2,093      6,164
Less: Accumulated amortization...............................................       (614)    (1,534)
                                                                               ---------  ---------
Intangible assets, net.......................................................  $   1,479  $   4,630
                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
       AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 1, 1998 THROUGH NOVEMBER 23, 1998
 
5. ACQUISITIONS OF ASSETS
 
iWorld acquired various Web sites and related Internet media properties during
the years ended September 30, 1996, 1997, 1998 and the period from October 1,
1998 through November 23, 1998. These acquisitions were accounted for as
purchases, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired Web sites
and related Internet media properties have been recorded at their estimated fair
values at the dates of acquisition. The excess of purchase price over the
estimated fair values of the net assets acquired, in the amount of $230,000 in
1996, $1.4 million in 1997, $3.9 million in 1998, and $2.4 million for the
period October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998, has been recorded as goodwill
and is being amortized over the estimated useful lives. The pro forma results
for the years ended September 30, 1996, 1997, 1998 and the period from October
1, 1998 through November 23, 1998, assuming these acquisitions had been made at
the beginning of the related periods, would not be materially different from
reported results.
 
6. INCOME TAXES
 
The operating results of iWorld were included in the consolidated tax returns of
Mecklermedia. The methodology for allocating income tax expense to iWorld is set
forth in Note 2. For all periods presented, valuation allowances were recorded
against income tax benefits generated from the losses from iWorld.
 
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER    OCTOBER 1,
                                                                                      30,                1998 THROUGH
                                                                        -------------------------------  NOVEMBER 23,
                                                                          1996       1997       1998         1998
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Current provision (benefit):
  Federal.............................................................  $     (18) $     (11) $     (37)   $      43
  State...............................................................         (5)        (3)        (9)          11
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------       ------
                                                                              (23)       (14)       (46)          54
 
Deferred provision (benefit):
  Federal.............................................................         18         11         37          (43)
  State...............................................................          5          3          9          (11)
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------       ------
                                                                        $  --      $  --      $  --        $  --
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------       ------
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------       ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
       AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 1, 1998 THROUGH NOVEMBER 23, 1998
 
At September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and November 23, 1998, iWorld had future
federal and state income tax benefits as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                SEPTEMBER 30,           NOVEMBER 23,
                                                                       -------------------------------  -------------
                                                                         1996       1997       1998         1998
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net operating losses.................................................  $     602  $   1,390  $   2,388    $   2,559
Excess of amortization of intangibles for financial reporting
  purposes over income taxes.........................................         46        114        314          307
Excess of depreciation of property and equipment for income tax
  purposes over financial reporting..................................        (13)       (44)       (58)         (58)
Reserves recorded for financial reporting purposes...................          9         41         38           99
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
Total future federal and state income tax benefits...................        644      1,501      2,682        2,907
Less valuation allowances............................................       (644)    (1,501)    (2,682)      (2,907)
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
Deferred income tax asset............................................  $  --      $  --      $  --        $  --
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
At November 23, 1998, iWorld had available net operating loss carryforwards for
its federal income tax purposes of approximately $7.0 million which will expire
beginning in 2009.
 
A reconciliation setting forth the difference between the effective income tax
rate of iWorld and the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate is as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         OCTOBER 1,
                                                                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER       1998
                                                                                     30,                   THROUGH
                                                                       -------------------------------  NOVEMBER 23,
                                                                         1996       1997       1998         1998
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal statutory tax rate...........................................  $     423  $     733  $     928    $     159
State taxes..........................................................         61        105        133           23
Losses without income tax benefits...................................       (487)      (841)    (1,064)        (183)
Provision for non-deductible expenses................................          3          3          3            1
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                       $  --      $  --      $  --        $  --
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
7. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
iWorld participated in Mecklermedia's defined contribution plan which qualified
under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for employees meeting certain
service requirements. The plan allowed eligible employees to contribute up to
15% of their compensation to the plan. At the discretion of Mecklermedia's board
of directors, Mecklermedia was also able to make contributions dependent on
profits each year for the benefit of all eligible employees under the plan.
There were no discretionary contributions for any of the periods presented.
 
8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The accompanying financial statements include costs for cash management,
accounting, legal and network operations that were provided to iWorld by
Mecklermedia, in addition to allocated costs for facility charges at shared
sites, including rent and equipment usage. Costs for cash management accounting,
legal and network operations have been allocated to iWorld based on internet.com
management's estimated percentage of the time spent by Mecklermedia employees on
iWorld to total
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
       AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 1, 1998 THROUGH NOVEMBER 23, 1998
 
department time. The costs for facility charges are based on the percentage of
usage by the iWorld Division of Mecklermedia to the overall costs. Such
allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs that would have been
incurred if iWorld had been a stand-alone entity. However, management believes
the differences between the allocated costs and cost to obtain such services
from outside third parties would not be material.
 
Costs allocated to iWorld by Mecklermedia were approximately $440,000, $777,000,
$1,185,000 and $150,000 for the years ended September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998
and for the period from October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998, respectively.
For the year ended September 30, 1996, allocated costs of $23,000 and $417,000
were included in cost of revenues and general and administrative expenses,
respectively. For the year ended September 30, 1997, allocated costs of $67,000
and $710,000 were included in cost of revenues and general and administrative
expenses, respectively. For the year ended September 30, 1998, allocated costs
of $100,000 and $1,085,000 were included in cost of revenues and general and
administrative expenses, respectively. All of the allocated costs for the period
from October 1, 1998 through November 23, 1998, were included in general and
administrative expenses.
 
Mecklermedia funded the working capital requirements of iWorld based upon a
centralized cash management system.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>

Inside Back Cover

[Artwork for prospectus inside back cover page shows the internet.com 
logo surrounded by the names of internet.com's 53 Web sites.]

Outside Back Cover

[Artwork for prospectus outside back cover page consists of the 
internet.com logo, tag line and universal resource locator]

<PAGE>
                                         SHARES
 
                            INTERNET.COM CORPORATION
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                     [LOGO]
                 THE E-BUSINESS AND INTERNET TECHNOLOGY NETWORK
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                               ------------------
 
Until             , 1999, all dealers that effect transactions in these
securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to
deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver
a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
 
                           U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY
 
                            WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY
 
                                        , 1999
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
The expenses to be paid by the Registrant in connection with this offering are
as follows. All amounts other than the SEC registration fee, NASD filing fee and
Nasdaq National Market application fee are estimates.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.............................  $13,427.40
NASD filing fee.................................................................      5,330
Nasdaq National Market listing fee..............................................      *
Printing........................................................................      *
Legal fees and expenses.........................................................      *
Accounting fees and expenses....................................................      *
Road show expenses..............................................................      *
Blue Sky fees and expenses......................................................      *
Transfer agent and registrar fees...............................................      *
Miscellaneous...................................................................      *
                                                                                  ---------
      Total.....................................................................  $   *
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
*   To be filed by amendment
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award,
or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and
officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under
certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses
incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act").
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that eliminates
the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders, (ii) for acts
or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) under section 174 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases) or (iv) for
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Bylaws of the
Registrant provide that (i) the Registrant is required to indemnify its
directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, subject to certain very limited exceptions, (ii) the Registrant
may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware
General Corporation Law, (iii) the Registrant is required to advance expenses,
as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal
proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law, subject to certain very limited exceptions and (iv) the rights conferred in
the Bylaws are not exclusive.
 
The Registrant intends to enter into Indemnification Agreements with each of its
directors and executive officers to give such directors and officers additional
contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in
the Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and to
provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer or employee of the
Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the Registrant
aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for
indemnification.
 
Reference is also made to Section 6 of the purchase agreement, which provides
for the indemnification of officers, directors and controlling persons of the
Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provision in the
Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and the
Indemnification Agreements entered into between the Registrant and each of its
directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit
indemnification of the Registrant's directors and executive officers for
liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
 
The Registrant, with approval by the Registrant's Board of Directors, expects to
obtain directors' and officers' liability insurance.
 
Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this
registration statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described
above and elsewhere herein:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DOCUMENT                                                                         EXHIBIT NUMBER
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
Purchase Agreement (draft dated             , 1999)............................          1.01
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant........          3.02
Bylaws of Registrant...........................................................          3.03
Form of Indemnification Agreement..............................................         10.01
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, internet.com LLC will be converted into a
corporation and all membership interests will be converted into common stock of
the Registrant at the rate of 16,215.891 shares per membership unit. The share
numbers in this table give effect to the conversion of internet.com LLC into a
corporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
 
All sales were made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. These sales were made without
general solicitation or advertising. Each purchaser was an "accredited investor"
or a sophisticated investor with access to all relevant information necessary to
evaluate the investment who represented to the Registrant that the shares were
being acquired for investment.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               DATE(S) OF     TITLE OF     NUMBER OF     AGGREGATE         FORM OF
NAME                                              SALE       SECURITIES     SHARES     PURCHASE PRICE   CONSIDERATION
- -------------------------------------------  --------------  -----------  -----------  --------------  ---------------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>
William A. Schutzer........................     March 1999        Units      405,397    $  1,000,000           Cash
Internet World Media, Inc..................     March 1999        Units      180,772         445,949           Cash
James S. Mulholland III....................     March 1999        Units       50,675         125,000           Cash
Marie Mulholland Flatness..................     March 1999        Units       50,675         125,000           Cash
New River Capital Partners.................     March 1999        Units       50,675         125,000           Cash
Certain Employees, Officers and Directors
  of the Registrant........................     March 1999        Units      170,267         420,000           Cash
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) Exhibits:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                                               EXHIBIT TITLE
- -----------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                <S>
         1.01      Purchase Agreement*
 
         2.01      Form of Merger Agreement to be entered into by internet.com LLC and the Registrant*
 
         3.01      Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation
 
         3.02      Form of Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
 
         3.03      Registrant's Bylaws
 
         4.01      Form of Specimen Stock Certificate for the Registrant's Common Stock*
 
         4.02      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 24, 1998, by and among internet.com LLC and
                   Internet World Media, Inc.
 
         4.03      Warrant to purchase units of internet.com LLC, issued to Internet World Media, Inc. on November
                   24, 1998
 
         5.01      Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher regarding the legality of the securities being registered*
 
        10.01      Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its
                   directors and executive officers*
 
        10.02      Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of internet.com LLC, dated as of
                   March 25, 1999
 
        10.03      Services Agreement by and among Penton Media, Inc., Internet World Media, Inc. and internet.com
                   LLC, dated as of November 24, 1998
 
        10.04      Trademark Co-License Agreement by and between Internet World Media, Inc. and internet.com LLC,
                   dated as of November 24, 1998
 
        10.05      Copyright Co-License Agreement by and between Internet World Media, Inc. and internet.com LLC,
                   dated as of November 24, 1998
 
        10.06      Form of Registrant's 1999 Stock Incentive Plan*
 
        10.07      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Christopher S. Cardell*
 
        10.08      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Christopher J. Baudouin*
 
        10.09      Specimen Advertising Insertion Order*
 
        21.01      Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
 
        23.01      Consent of Willkie Farr & Gallagher (included in Exhibit 5.01)*
 
        23.02      Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
 
        24.01      Power of Attorney (see page II-5 of the Registration Statement)
 
        27.01      Financial Data Schedule (EDGAR Version Only)
 
        99.01      Consent of Beverly C. Chell
 
        99.02      Consent of Michael J. Davies
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------------------------
*   To be supplied by amendment.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedule
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at
the closing specified in the purchase agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may
be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant
pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14 above, or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
    information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
    registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
    497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each
    post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
    to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Westport, State of
Connecticut, on the 15th day of April 1999.
 
                                INTERNET.COM CORPORATION
 
                                By:             /s/ ALAN M. MECKLER
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                  Alan M. Meckler
                                        CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Alan M. Meckler and Christopher S. Cardell, and
each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power
of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the
same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective
upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act, and all
post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits
thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each
of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or
their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.
 
In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration
statement was signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
 
             NAME                        TITLE(S)                   DATE
- ------------------------------  ---------------------------  -------------------
     /s/ ALAN M. MECKLER        Director, Chairman and
- ------------------------------    Chief Executive Officer      April 15, 1999
       Alan M. Meckler
 
  /s/ CHRISTOPHER S. CARDELL    Director, President and
- ------------------------------    Chief Operating Officer      April 15, 1999
    Christopher S. Cardell
 
 /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. BAUDOUIN    Chief Financial Officer
- ------------------------------                                 April 15, 1999
   Christopher J. Baudouin
 
    /s/ DAVID B. NUSSBAUM       Director
- ------------------------------                                 April 15, 1999
      David B. Nussbaum
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                        ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
To the Board of Directors of internet.com LLC:
 
We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards the
financial statements of internet.com LLC included in this registration statement
and have issued our report thereon dated April 5, 1999. Our audit was made for
the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a
whole. The financial statement schedule on the following page is the
responsibility of the company's management and is presented for purposes of
complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of
the basic financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing
procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and, in our
opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data required to
be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a
whole.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Stamford, Connecticut
April 5, 1999
<PAGE>
                 SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                        ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  INCEPTION
                                                                                         (NOVEMBER 24, 1998) THROUGH
(IN THOUSANDS)                                                                                DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                                                        -----------------------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Balance at beginning of the period....................................................            $      --
Additions charged to statement of operations..........................................                   42
                                                                                                      -----
Balance at end of period..............................................................            $      42
                                                                                                      -----
                                                                                                      -----
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                        ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
To the Board of Directors of internet.com LLC:
 
We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards the
financial statements of the iWorld division of Mecklermedia Corporation included
in this registration statement and have issued our report thereon dated April 5,
1999. Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The financial statement schedule on the
following page is the responsibility of the company's management and is
presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange
Commission's rules and is not part of the basic financial statements. This
schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of
the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all
material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Stamford, Connecticut
April 5, 1999
<PAGE>
                 SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                        ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
                  IWORLD DIVISION OF MECKLERMEDIA CORPORATION
                             (PREDECESSOR BUSINESS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER     OCTOBER 1,
                                                                                            30,                 1998 THROUGH
                                                                              -------------------------------   NOVEMBER 23,
(IN THOUSANDS)                                                                  1996       1997       1998          1998
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of the period..........................................  $      --  $       9  $      17     $     149
Additions charged to statement of operations................................          9          8        152            17
Deductions from reserves....................................................         --         --        (20)           --
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------         -----
Balance at end of period....................................................  $       9  $      17  $     149     $     166
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------         -----
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------         -----
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                                               EXHIBIT TITLE
- -----------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                <S>
         1.01      Purchase Agreement*
 
         2.01      Form of Merger Agreement to be entered into by internet.com LLC and the Registrant*
 
         3.01      Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation
 
         3.02      Form of Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
 
         3.03      Registrant's Bylaws
 
         4.01      Form of Specimen Stock Certificate for the Registrant's Common Stock*
 
         4.02      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 24, 1998, by and among internet.com LLC and
                   Internet World Media, Inc.
 
         4.03      Warrant to purchase units of internet.com LLC, issued to Internet World Media, Inc. on November
                   24, 1998
 
         5.01      Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher regarding the legality of the securities being registered*
 
        10.01      Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its
                   directors and executive officers*
 
        10.02      Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of internet.com LLC, dated as of
                   March 25, 1999
 
        10.03      Services Agreement by and among Penton Media, Inc., Internet World Media, Inc. and internet.com
                   LLC, dated as of November 24, 1998
 
        10.04      Trademark Co-License Agreement by and between Internet World Media, Inc. and internet.com LLC,
                   dated as of November 24, 1998
 
        10.05      Copyright Co-License Agreement by and between Internet World Media, Inc. and internet.com LLC,
                   dated as of November 24, 1998
 
        10.06      Form of Registrant's 1999 Stock Incentive Plan*
 
        10.07      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Christopher S. Cardell*
 
        10.08      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Christopher J. Baudouin*
 
        10.09      Specimen Advertising Insertion Order*
 
        21.01      Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
 
        23.01      Consent of Willkie Farr & Gallagher (included in Exhibit 5.01)*
 
        23.02      Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
 
        24.01      Power of Attorney (see page II-5 of the Registration Statement)
 
        27.01      Financial Data Schedule (EDGAR Version Only)
 
        99.01      Consent of Beverly C. Chell
 
        99.02      Consent of Michael J. Davies
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------------
 
*   To be supplied by amendment.

<PAGE>

                                                                Exhibit 3.01


                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                      OF

                           INTERNET.COM CORPORATION

            FIRST: The name of the corporation (the "Corporation") is
internet.com Corporation.

            SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in
the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, in the
City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at
such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

            THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as now in effect or as hereafter
amended.

            FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation
shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, having a par
value of $.01 per share.

            FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as
follows:

      Name                          Mailing Address
      ----                          ---------------

      Elliott M. Beard              c/o Willkie Farr & Gallagher
                                    787 Seventh Avenue
                                    New York, NY 10019

            SIXTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred
by statute, the By-Laws of the Corporation may be made, altered, amended or
repealed by the stockholders or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

            SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

            EIGHTH: 1. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify to the
fullest extent permitted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of
Delaware any person 


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer,
incorporator, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of
or in any other similar capacity with another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The
termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,
conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of
itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person had
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

            2. Payment of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys' fees)
incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
action, suit or proceeding shall (in the case of any action, suit or proceeding
against a director of the Corporation) or may (in the case of any action, suit
or proceeding against an officer, trustee, employee or agent) be paid by the
Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or
proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified person to repay such amount if it
shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation as authorized in this Article EIGHTH.

            3. Nonexclusivity of Provision. The indemnification and other rights
set forth in this Article EIGHTH shall not be exclusive of any provisions with
respect thereto in the By-Laws or any other contract or agreement between the
Corporation and any officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation.

            4. Effect of Repeal. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this
Article EIGHTH, subparagraph 1, 2, or 3, nor 


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent
with Article EIGHTH, subparagraph 1, 2, or 3, shall eliminate or reduce the
effect of this Article EIGHTH, subparagraphs 1, 2, and 3, in respect of any
matter occurring before such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent
provision or in respect of any cause of action, suit or claim relating to any
such matter which would have given rise to a right of indemnification or right
to receive expenses pursuant to this Article EIGHTH, subparagraph 1, 2, or 3, if
such provision had not been so amended or repealed or if a provision
inconsistent therewith had not been so adopted.

            5. Limitation on Liability. No director or officer shall be
personally liable to the Corporation or any stockholder for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except for any matter in
respect of which such director or officer (A) shall be liable under Section 174
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any amendment thereto
or successor provision thereto, or (B) shall be liable by reason that, in
addition to any and all other requirements for liability, he:

            (i) shall have breached his duty of loyalty to the Corporation or
            its stockholders;

            (ii) shall not have acted in good faith or, in failing to act, shall
            not have acted in good faith;

            (iii) shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct
            or a knowing violation of law or, in failing to act, shall have
            acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a knowing
            violation of law; or

            (iv) shall have derived an improper personal benefit.

If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended after the
date of the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate
action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then
the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to
the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, as so amended.

            NINTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this
Corporation and its creditors or any 


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class
of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may,
on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or
stockholder thereof on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed
for this Corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the
Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any
receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of
section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or
class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the
Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court
directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the
creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of
stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or
arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such
compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said
reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application
has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on
all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case
may be, and also on this Corporation.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

            THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator named in this Certificate,
for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware, makes this Certificate, declaring and certifying that
this is my act and deed and that the facts stated in this Certificate are true,
and accordingly has set his hand this 5th day of April, 1999.

                                       /s/ Elliott M. Beard
                                       ------------------------------
                                       Elliott M. Beard
                                       Sole Incorporator

<PAGE>

                                                                Exhibit 3.03


                            INTERNET.COM CORPORATION
                               (THE "CORPORATION")

                         Incorporated Under the Laws of
                              the State of Delaware

                                     BY-LAWS

                                    ARTICLE I
                                     OFFICES

            The registered office of the Corporation in Delaware shall be at
1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and The
Corporation Trust Company will be the resident agent of the Corporation in
charge thereof. The Corporation may also have such other offices at such other
places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may
from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                  STOCKHOLDERS

            Section 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for
the election of directors and the transaction of any other business will be held
on such day in such month, in such city and state and at such time and place as
may be designated by the Board of Directors and set forth in the notice of such
meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted and any corporate
action may be taken, whether stated in the notice of meeting or not, except as
otherwise expressly provided by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation.

            Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders
for any purpose may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or by its
Chairman, or by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and will be called
by the President at the request of the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of capital stock entitled to vote. Special meetings shall be held at such
place or places within or without the State of Delaware as shall from time to
time be designated by the Board of 
<PAGE>

Directors and stated in the notice of such meeting. At a special meeting no
business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than
that stated in the notice of the meeting.

            Section 3. Notice of Meetings. Written notice of the time and place
of any stockholders' meeting, whether annual or special, will be given to each
stockholder entitled to vote at that meeting, by personal delivery or by mailing
the same to him or her at his or her address as the same appears upon the
records of the Corporation at least ten days but not more than sixty days before
the day of the meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given except
by announcement at the meeting so adjourned, unless otherwise ordered in
connection with such adjournment. Further notice, if any, will be given as may
be required by law.

            Section 4. Quorum. Any number of stockholders, together holding at
least a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding
and entitled to vote, who will be present in person or represented by proxy at
any meeting duly called, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of all
business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of
Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

            Section 5. Adjournment of Meetings. If less than a quorum is in
attendance at the time for which a meeting is called, the meeting may adjourn by
a majority vote of the stockholders present or represented by proxy and entitled
to vote at the meeting, without notice other than announcement at such meeting,
until a quorum is in attendance. Any meeting at which a quorum is present may
also be adjourned in like manner and for the amount of time as may be determined
by a majority vote of the stockholders present or represented by proxy and
entitled to vote. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any
business may be transacted and any corporate action may be taken which might
have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

            Section 6. Voting List. The Secretary will prepare and make, at
least ten days before every election of directors, a complete list of the
stockholders entitled to vote, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the
address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each stockholder. The
list will be open at either (i) a place within the city where the meeting is to
be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of such meeting, or (ii)
if not so specified, at the place the meeting is 


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

to be held, for said ten days, as well as at the time and place of such meeting,
and will be subject to the inspection of any stockholder.

            Section 7. Voting. Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting
may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy shall be voted on or after
three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Each
stockholder entitled to vote will at every meeting of the stockholders be
entitled to one vote for each share of stock (or such other number of votes as
shall be provided in the certificate of incorporation, including any certificate
of designation, with respect to any class or series of stock) registered in his
or her name on the record of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, all
matters, except as otherwise provided by statute, will be determined by the
affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or by proxy and
entitled to vote on the subject matter. Voting at meetings of stockholders need
not be by written ballot.

            Section 8. Record Date of Stockholders. The Board of Directors is
authorized to fix in advance a date not exceeding sixty days nor less than ten
days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, or the date for the
payment of any dividend, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date
when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock will go into effect,
or a date in connection with obtaining the consent of stockholders for any
purpose, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to
notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of stockholders, and any adjournment of a
meeting of stockholders, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or to
any allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of capital stock, or to give consent. Only the
stockholders that are stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be
entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the meeting of stockholders, and any
adjournment of the meeting, or to receive payment of the dividend, or to receive
the allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights, or to give the consent, as
the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the
Corporation, after the record date fixed in accordance with this Section 8.

            Section 9. Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted
to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken
without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or
consents in 


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

writing, setting forth the action so taken (i) is signed by the holders of
outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be
necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote on the action were present and voted and (ii) is delivered to
the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware,
its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation
having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are
recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand
or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of
the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous
written consent will be given to those stockholders who have not consented in
writing.

            Section 10. Conduct of Meetings. The Chief Executive Officer, or in
his or her absence the President or any Vice President designated by the Chief
Executive Officer, shall preside at all regular or special meetings of
stockholders. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the presiding person will
have the power to set procedural rules, including but not limited to rules
respecting the time allotted to stockholders to speak, governing all aspects of
the conduct of the meetings. The Secretary of the Corporation will act as
secretary of each meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the chairman of the
meeting will appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    DIRECTORS

            Section 1. Number and Qualifications. The Board of Directors will
consist initially of three (3) directors, and thereafter will consist of the
number as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board. The
directors need not be stockholders.

            Section 2. Election of Directors. The directors will be elected by
the stockholders at the annual meeting of stockholders.

            Section 3. Duration of Office. The directors chosen at any annual
meeting will, except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, hold office until
the next annual election and until their successors are elected and qualify.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

            Section 4. Removal and Resignation of Directors. Any director may be
removed from the Board of Directors, with or without cause, by the holders of a
majority of the shares of capital stock entitled to vote, either by written
consent or consents or at any special meeting of the stockholders called for
that purpose, and the office of a removed director will immediately become
vacant.

            Any director may resign at any time. Such resignation will take
effect at the time specified in the resignation, and if no time is specified, at
the time of its receipt by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary.
The acceptance of a resignation will not be necessary to make it effective,
unless so specified in the resignation.

            Section 5. Filling of Vacancies. Any vacancy among the directors,
occurring from any cause whatsoever, may be filled by a majority of the
remaining directors, though less than a quorum, provided however, that the
stockholders removing any director may at the same meeting fill the vacancy
caused by the removal, and provided further, that if the directors fail to fill
any vacancy, the stockholders may at any special meeting called for that purpose
fill the vacancy. In case of any increase in the number of directors, the
additional directors may be elected by the directors in office before the
increase.

            Any person elected to fill a vacancy will hold office, subject to
the right of removal as provided in these By-Laws, until the next annual
election and until his successor is elected and qualified.

            Section 6. Regular Meetings. The Board of Directors will hold an
annual meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of any
business immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders, provided a
quorum of directors is present. Other regular meetings may be held at any time
as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

            Section 7. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of
Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the
Chief Executive Officer or President.

            Section 8. Notice and Place of Meetings. Meetings of the Board of
Directors may be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at any
other place as is stated in the notice of such meeting. Notice of any special
meeting, and except as the 


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

Board of Directors may otherwise determine by resolution, notice of any regular
meeting, will be mailed to each director addressed to him or her at his
residence or usual place of business at least two days before the day on which
the meeting is to be held, or if sent to him or her at such place by telegraph,
cable or facsimile, or delivered personally or by telephone, not later than the
day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. No notice of the annual
meeting of the Board of Directors will be required if it is held immediately
after the annual meeting of the stockholders and if a quorum is present.

            Section 9. Business Transacted at Meetings, etc. Any business may be
transacted and any corporate action may be taken at any regular or special
meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, whether the
business or proposed action is stated in the notice of that meeting or not,
unless special notice of such business or proposed action is required by
statute.

            Section 10. Quorum. A majority of the Board of Directors at any time
in office will constitute a quorum. At any meeting at which a quorum is present,
the vote of a majority of the members present will be the act of the Board of
Directors unless the act of a greater number is specifically required by law or
by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The members of the Board
will act only as the Board and the individual members of the Board will not have
any powers in their individual capacities.

            Section 11. Compensation. The directors will not receive any stated
salary for their services as directors, but by resolution of the Board of
Directors a fixed fee and expenses of attendance may be allowed for attendance
at each meeting. Nothing herein contained shall preclude any director from
serving the Corporation in any other capacity, as an officer, agent or
otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

            Section 12. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any
committee of the Board of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if all
members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in
writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the
proceedings of the Board or committee.

            Section 13. Meetings Through Use of Communications Equipment.
Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee 


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

designated by the Board of Directors, will, except as otherwise provided by law,
the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, have the power to participate
in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of a
conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all
persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and this participation
will constitute presence in person at the meeting.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   COMMITTEES

            Section 1. Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may, by
resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board, designate two or more of
their number to constitute an Executive Committee to hold office at the pleasure
of the Board, which Committee will, during the intervals between meetings of the
Board of Directors, have and exercise all of the powers of the Board of
Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation,
subject only to restrictions or limitations as the Board of Directors may from
time to time specify, or as limited by the Delaware Corporation Law, and will
have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers
that may require it.

            Any member of the Executive Committee may be removed at any time,
with or without cause, by a resolution of a majority of the entire Board of
Directors.

            Any person ceasing to be a director shall ipso facto cease to be a
member of the Executive Committee.

            Any vacancy in the Executive Committee occurring from any cause
whatsoever may be filled from among the directors by a resolution of a majority
of the entire Board of Directors.

            Section 2. Audit Committee. The Board of Directors shall, by
resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate two or more of
their number to constitute an Audit Committee.

            Any member of the Audit Committee may be removed at any time, with
or without cause, by a resolution of a majority of the entire Board of
Directors.

            Any person ceasing to be a director shall ipso facto cease to be a
member of the Audit Committee.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

            Any vacancy in the Audit Committee occurring from any cause
whatsoever may be filled from among the directors by a resolution of a majority
of the entire Board of Directors.

            Section 3. Other Committees. Other committees, whose members need
not be directors, may be appointed by the Board of Directors or the Executive
Committee, which committees shall hold office for an amount of time and have
powers and perform duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by the
Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

            Any member of these committees may be removed at any time, with or
without cause, by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee. Any vacancy
in a committee occurring from any cause whatsoever may be filled by the Board of
Directors or the Executive Committee.

            Section 4. Resignation. Any member of a committee may resign at any
time. This resignation will be made in writing and will take effect at the time
specified in the resignation, or, if no time is specified, at the time of its
receipt by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary. The acceptance
of a resignation will not be necessary to make it effective unless so specified
in the resignation.

            Section 5. Quorum. A majority of the members of a committee shall
constitute a quorum. The act of a majority of the members of a committee present
at any meeting at which a quorum is present will be the act of the committee.
The members of a committee will act only as a committee, and the individual
members of the committee will not have any powers in their individual
capacities.

            Section 6. Record of Proceedings, etc. Each committee will keep a
record of its acts and proceedings, and will report the same to the Board of
Directors when and as required by the Board of Directors.

            Section 7. Organization, Meetings, Notices, etc. A committee may
hold its meetings at the principal office of the Corporation, or at any other
place that a majority of the committee may at any time agree upon. Each
committee may make rules as it deems expedient for the regulation and carrying
on of its meetings and proceedings. Unless otherwise ordered by the Executive
Committee, any notice of a meeting of a committee may be given by the Secretary
of the Corporation or by the chairman of the committee and will be sufficient if
mailed to each member 


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

at his residence or usual place of business at least two days before the day on
which the meeting is to be held, or if sent to him or her at that place by
telegraph, cable or facsimile, or delivered personally or by telephone not later
than 24 hours before the time at which the meeting is to be held.

            Section 8. Compensation. The members of any committee will be
entitled to such compensation as may be allowed them by resolution of the Board
of Directors.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    OFFICERS

            Section 1. Number. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief
Executive Officer and a President, and may include a Chief Financial Officer,
one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a
Treasurer, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may
be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article V.
The Board of Directors in its discretion may also elect a Chairman of the Board
of Directors.

            Section 2. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications. The
officers, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article V, will be chosen
annually by the Board of Directors. Each officer will, except as otherwise
provided in the By-Laws, hold office until his successor is chosen and
qualified. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, will be a director of
the Corporation, and should he or she cease to be a director, he or she shall
ipso facto cease to be Chairman. Except as otherwise provided by law, any number
of offices may be held by the same person.

            Section 3. Other Officers. Other officers, including one or more
additional vice presidents, assistant secretaries or assistant treasurers, may
from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors, which other officers
shall have powers and perform duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of
Directors or the officer or committee appointing them.

            Section 4. Removal of Officers. Any officer of the Corporation may
be removed from office, with or without cause, by a vote of a majority of the
Board of Directors.

            Section 5. Resignation. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at
any time. This resignation shall be in 


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

writing and take effect at the time specified in the resignation, or if no time
is specified, at the time of its receipt by the Chief Executive Officer,
President or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary
in order to make it effective, unless so specified in the resignation.

            Section 6. Filling of Vacancies. A vacancy in any office will be
filled by the Board of Directors or by the authority appointing the predecessor
in such office.

            Section 7. Compensation. The compensation of the officers will be
fixed by the Board of Directors, or by any committee upon whom power in that
regard may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

            Section 8. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the
Board of Directors (if one is elected) will be a director and will preside at
all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present, and will
have the powers and perform the duties as may from time to time be assigned to
him or her by the Board of Directors.

            Section 9. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer
will, when present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders. The Chief
Executive Officer will have power to call special meetings of the stockholders
or of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee at any time. He or
she will be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and will have the
general direction of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and
of its several officers, and will have and exercise all the powers and discharge
the duties as usually pertain to the office of Chief Executive Officer.

            Section 10. President. The President will, when present, preside at
all meetings of the stockholders at which the Chief Executive Officer is not
present. The President will have power to call special meetings of the
stockholders or of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee at any
time. He or she will assist the Chief Executive Officer (and, in the Chief
Executive Officer's absence, act as Chief Executive Officer) in the general
direction of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and of its
several officers, and will have and exercise all the powers and discharge the
duties as usually pertain to the office of President, subject to the direction
of the Chief Executive Officer.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

            Section 11. Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents, or any of them,
will, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, at the request of the
Chief Executive Officer or in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer
and the President, or in case of their inability to perform their duties from
any cause, perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and, when so
acting, will have all the powers of, and be subject to all restrictions upon,
the Chief Executive Officer. The Vice Presidents will also perform the other
duties that may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, and the Board of
Directors may determine the order of priority among them.

            Section 12. Chief Financial Officer. Subject to the direction of the
Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Chief
Financial Officer will have and exercise all the powers and discharge the duties
as usually pertain to the office of Chief Financial Officer.

            Section 13. Secretary. The Secretary will keep the minutes of all
meetings of the stockholders and all meetings of the Board of Directors and any
committee in books provided for that purpose. He or she may affix the seal of
the Corporation to all instruments to be executed on behalf of the Corporation
under its seal. The Secretary will perform the duties and have all other powers
that are incident to the office of Secretary, or as may from time to time be
assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, or as are prescribed by these
By-Laws.

            Section 14. Treasurer. The Treasurer will have custody of all the
funds and securities of the Corporation which may be delivered into his
possession. He or she may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection,
checks, notes and other obligations and will deposit the same to the credit of
the Corporation in a depository or depositories of the Corporation, and may sign
all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation. He or she will
enter or cause to be entered regularly in the books of the Corporation kept for
that purpose, full and accurate accounts of all monies received and paid on
account of the Corporation and whenever required by the Board of Directors will
render statements of the accounts. The Treasurer will perform the duties and
have all other powers that are incident to the office of Treasurer or that are
assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                  CAPITAL STOCK


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

            Section 1. Issue of Certificates of Stock. Certificates of capital
stock will be in the form approved by the Board of Directors. The certificates
will be numbered in the order of their issue and will be signed by the Chairman
of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary,
and the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile of the seal will be impressed or
affixed or reproduced on the certificates, provided, however, that the signature
of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Vice President, Secretary,
Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer may be facsimile. In case
any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or
signatures have been used on any certificate or certificates ceases to be an
officer of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise,
before that certificate or certificates are delivered by the Corporation, that
certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and
be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed that
certificate or certificates, or whose facsimile signature or signatures is used
thereon have not ceased to be an officer or officers of the Corporation.

            Section 2. Registration and Transfer of Shares. The shares of
capital stock of the Corporation shall be issued in registered form. The name of
each person owning a share of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be
entered on the books of the Corporation together with the number of shares held
by him, the numbers of the certificates covering such shares and the dates of
issue of such certificates. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be
transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holders thereof in person,
or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, on surrender and
cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares, accompanied by an
assignment or power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly
executed, and with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the
Corporation or its agents may reasonably require. A record shall be made of each
transfer. A person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the
Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof as regards the Corporation, and
the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to
or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it
shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the
laws of the State of Delaware.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

            Section 3. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates. The holder of
any stock of the Corporation will immediately notify the Corporation of any
loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the certificates. The Corporation may
issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate previously
issued by it and alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board
of Directors may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or
destroyed certificate, or his legal representatives, to give the Corporation a
bond, in such sum not exceeding double the value of the stock and with such
surety or sureties as they may require, to indemnify it against any claim that
may be made against it by reason of the issue of the new certificate and against
all other liability in the premises, or may remit the owner to any remedy or
remedies he or she may have under the laws of the State of Delaware.

            Section 4. Transfer Agent and Registrar; Regulations. The
Corporation shall, if and whenever the Board of Directors shall so determine,
maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies, each in the charge of a
transfer agent designated by the Board of Directors, where the shares of the
capital stock of the Corporation shall be directly transferable, and also one or
more registry offices, each in the charge of a registrar designated by the Board
of Directors, where such shares of stock shall be registered, and no certificate
for shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, in respect of which a
Registrar and/or Transfer Agent shall have been designated, shall be valid
unless countersigned by such Transfer Agent and registered by such Registrar, if
any. The Board of Directors shall also make such additional rules and
regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and
registration of certificates for shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.

            Section 5. Beneficial Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner
of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable
for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of
shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or
whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as
otherwise provided by law.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII
                            DIVIDENDS, SURPLUS, ETC.

            Section 1. General Discretion of Directors. The Board of Directors
will have power to fix and vary the amount to be set aside or reserved as
working capital of the Corporation, or as reserves, or for other proper purposes
of the Corporation, and, subject to the requirements of the Certificate of
Incorporation, to determine whether any part of the surplus or net profits of
the Corporation will be declared as dividends and paid to the stockholders, and
to fix the date or dates for the payment of dividends.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

            Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall
commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December.

            Section 2. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal will be in the form
approved by the Board of Directors and may be altered at their pleasure. The
corporate seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile of the seal to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

            Section 3. Notices. Except as otherwise expressly provided, any
notice required to be given by these By-Laws will be sufficient if given by
depositing the same in a post office or letter box in a sealed postpaid wrapper
addressed to the person entitled to the notice at his address, as the same
appears upon the books of the Corporation, or by telegraphing or cabling the
same to that person at that address, or by facsimile transmission to a number
designated upon the books of the Corporation, if any; and the notice will be
deemed to be given at the time it is mailed, telegraphed or cabled, or sent by
facsimile.

            Section 4. Waiver of Notice. Any stockholder or director may at any
time, by writing or by telegraph, cable or facsimile transmission, waive any
notice required to be given under these By-Laws, and if any stockholder or
director is present at any meeting his presence will constitute a waiver of
notice.

            Section 5. Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders
for the payment of money, notes or other evidences 


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, will be signed by an
officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as
will from time to time be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors.

            Section 6. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation will be deposited
from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in a bank or banks, trust
companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select, and, for
the purpose of the deposit, checks, drafts, warrants and other orders for the
payment of money which are payable to the order of the Corporation, may be
endorsed for deposit, assigned and delivered by any officer of the Corporation,
or by agents of the Corporation as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive
Officer or the President may authorize for that purpose.

            Section 7. Voting Stock of Other Corporations. Except as otherwise
ordered by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, the Chief
Executive Officer, the President and the Treasurer have full power and authority
on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote at any meeting of
the stockholders of any corporation of which the Corporation is a stockholder,
and to execute a proxy to any other person to represent the Corporation at any
meeting, and at any meeting of the stockholders of any corporation of which the
Corporation is a stockholder. The Chief Executive Officer, the President or the
Treasurer or the holder of any proxy, as the case may be, will possess and may
exercise any and all rights and powers incident to ownership of the stock which
the Corporation might have possessed and exercised if present. The Board of
Directors or the Executive Committee may from time to time confer like powers
upon any other person or persons.

            Section 8. Indemnification of Officers and Directors. The
Corporation will indemnify any and all of its directors and officers, including
former directors and officers, including those serving as an officer or director
of any corporation at the request of this Corporation, to the fullest extent
permitted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   AMENDMENTS

            The Board of Directors will have the power to make, rescind, alter,
amend and repeal these By-Laws, provided, however, that the stockholders will
have power to rescind, alter, 


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

amend or repeal any By-Laws made by the Board of Directors, and to enact By-Laws
that will not be rescinded, altered, amended or repealed by the Board of
Directors. Notice of the proposal to make, amend or repeal any provision of
these By-Laws will be included in the notice of any meeting of the stockholders
or the Board of Directors at which the action is to be considered. No change of
the time or place for the annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of
directors will be made except in accordance with the laws of the State of
Delaware.

Dated: April 5, 1999


                                      -16-

<PAGE>

                                                                Exhibit 4.02



                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

      THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of November 24, 1998 by and among internet.com LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the "Company") and Internet World Media, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Internet World").

1. Definitions.

            As used in this Agreement:

      1.1 "Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any
successor statute thereto;

      1.2 "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
other federal agency at the time administering the Act;

      1.3 "Eligible Transferee" shall mean any Person to which Internet World
has transferred Registrable Securities in compliance with all restrictions on
transfer contained in the LLC Agreement;

      1.4 "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or any successor statute thereto;

      1.5 "Holder" shall mean Internet World or any Eligible Transferee;

      1.6 "Initial Public Offering" shall mean the underwritten initial primary
public offering of the Company's Units pursuant to a registration under the Act;

      1.7 "Initiating Holder" shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the
aggregate are Holders of more than 50% of the then outstanding Registrable
Securities;

      1.8 "LLC Agreement" shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability
Company Agreement of internet.com LLC, dated as of the date hereof, by and among
the Company, Internet World, and Alan M. Meckler (and/or one or more of his
affiliates);

      1.9 "Other Holder" shall mean any Member of the Company, other than any
Holder, who has requested or is entitled, by contract with the Company or
otherwise, to have securities included in a registration by the Company which is
subject to Section 2 hereof;


<PAGE>

      1.10 "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, trust or
unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision
thereof;

      1.11 "Unit" means a Unit representing a membership interest in the Company
and any equity security into which such Unit may be converted by the Company
(whether by merger, pursuant to a transaction described in Section 6 hereof, or
otherwise);

      1.12 the terms "register," "registered" and "registration" refer to a
registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in
compliance with the Act (and any post-effective amendments filed or required to
be filed) and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration
statement;

      1.13 "Registrable Securities" means (A) Units held by Internet World
pursuant to the LLC Agreement, (B) any additional Units acquired by Internet
World and (C) any equity securities of the Company issued as a dividend or other
distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the Units
referred to in clause (A) or (B) above;

      1.14 "Registration Expenses" shall mean all expenses incurred by the
Company in connection with any registration by the Company which is subject to
Section 2 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing
fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company,
listing fees, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits
incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation
of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the
Company); and

      1.15 "Selling Expenses" shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling
commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and all fees and
disbursements of counsel for each of the Holders in connection with such sale.

2. Company Registration.

      2.1 If the Company shall determine to register any of its equity
securities either for its own account or for the account of a security holder or
holders exercising their respective demand registration rights, if any, other
than an Initial Public Offering of the Units, a registration relating solely to
employee benefit plans, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule
145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form which does not
permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as
would be required to be 


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable
Securities, the Company will:

      (a) promptly give to each of the Holders a written notice thereof (which
      shall include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to
      attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other
      state securities laws); and

      (b) include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue
      sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein,
      all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests,
      made by the Holders within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the written
      notice from the Company described in clause (i) above, except as set forth
      in Section 2.2 below. Such written request may specify all or a part of
      the Holders' Registrable Securities.

      2.2 Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is
for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so
advise each of the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to
Section 2.1(a). In such event, the right of each of the Holders to registration
pursuant to this Section 2 shall be conditioned upon such Holders' participation
in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holders' Registrable Securities
in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. Each Holder whose Registrable
Securities are to be included in such registration shall (together with the
Company and the Other Holders distributing their securities through such
underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the
representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for underwriting by
the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, if the
representative determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the
number of securities to be underwritten, the representative may (subject to the
allocation priority set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities
to be included in the registration and underwriting to not less than twenty five
percent (25%) of the securities included therein (based on aggregate market
values). The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting
registration, and the number of securities that are entitled to be included in
the registration and underwriting shall be allocated in the following manner:
the securities of the Company held by Other Holders of the Company (other than
Registrable Securities and other than securities held by holders who by
contractual right demanded such registration ("Demanding Holders")) shall be
excluded from such registration and underwriting to the extent required by such
limitation, and, if a


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

limitation on the number of securities is still required, the number of
securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting by each of
the Holders and Demanding Holders shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis (based
on the number of securities held by such Holder), by such minimum number of
securities as is necessary to comply with such limitation. If any of the Holders
or any officer, director or Other Holder disapproves of the terms of any such
underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to
the Company and the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities or other securities
excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such
registration.

      2.3 Number and Transferability. Each of the Holders shall be entitled to
have its Registrable Securities included in an unlimited number of registrations
pursuant to this Section 2 until such time as it shall no longer hold any
Registrable Securities. The registration rights granted pursuant to this Section
2 shall be assignable, in whole or in part, to any Eligible Transferee of the
Registrable Securities (who shall be bound by all obligations of this Section
2).

3. Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection
with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Agreement
shall be borne by the Company, and all Selling Expenses shall be borne by the
Holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of
their securities so registered.

4. Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration effected by the
Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will keep the Holders, as
applicable, advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as
to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will:

      4.1 keep such registration effective for a period of one hundred twenty
(120) days or until the Holders, as applicable, have completed the distribution
described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first
occurs; provided, however, that in the case of any registration of Registrable
Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or
delayed basis, such 120-day period shall be extended until all such Registrable
Securities are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the
Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and provided further
that applicable rules under the Act governing the obligation to file a
post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment
which (y) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a) of the Act or (z)
reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by
reference of information required to be included in (y) and (z) above to be
contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 12 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act in the registration statement; and

      4.2 furnish such number of prospectuses and other documents incident
thereto as each of the Holders, as applicable, from time to time may reasonably
request.

5. Indemnification.

      5.1 The Company will indemnify each of the Holders, each of its officers,
directors and partners, and each person controlling each of the Holders, as
applicable, with respect to each registration which has been effected pursuant
to this Agreement, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls
any underwriter, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions
in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged
untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering
circular or other document (including any related registration statement,
notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or
compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Act or any rule
or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or
inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration,
qualification or compliance, and will reimburse each of the Holders, each of its
officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling each of the
Holders, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such
underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with investigating and defending any such claim, loss, damage,
liability or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such
case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense
arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written
information furnished to the Company by the Holders or underwriter and stated to
be specifically for use therein.

      5.2 Each of the Holders will, if Registrable Securities held by it are
included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or
compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and
officers and each underwriter, if any, of the Company's securities covered by
such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such
underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder, each Other Holder and each of 


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

their officers, directors, and partners, and each person controlling such Other
Holder against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged
untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration
statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document made by such Holder,
or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements by such Holder therein
not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Other Holders,
directors, officers, partners, persons, underwriters or control persons for any
legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating
or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to
the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged
untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration
statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and
in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder
and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the
obligations of each of the Holders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal
to the net proceeds to such Holder of securities sold as contemplated herein.

      5.3 Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 5 (the
"Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party required to provide
indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after such Indemnified Party
has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall
permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any
litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying
Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting
therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not
unreasonably be withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such
defense at such party's expense (unless the Indemnified Party shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in such action, in which case the
fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party),
and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as
provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations
under this Section 5 unless the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced
thereby. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation,
shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of
any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an
unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such
Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information
regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may
reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection
with the defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

      5.4 If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held by a
court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with
respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein,
then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party
hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified
Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying
Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection
with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, liability, claim,
damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact
relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified
Party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

      5.5 Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on
indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered
into in connection with any underwritten public offering contemplated by this
Agreement are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in such
underwriting agreement shall be controlling.

      5.6 The foregoing indemnity agreement of the Company and Holders is
subject to the condition that, insofar as they relate to any loss, claim,
liability or damage made in a preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied
in the amended prospectus on file with the Commission at the time the
registration statement in question becomes effective or the amended prospectus
filed with the Commission pursuant to Commission Rule 424(b) (the "Final
Prospectus"), such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of any
underwriter if a copy of the Final Prospectus was furnished to the underwriter
and was not furnished to the person asserting the loss, liability, claim or
damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Act.

6. Certain Reorganizations. Notwithstanding any other provision contained
herein, in the event that the Company transfers substantially all of its assets
to another entity, 


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

receiving common stock or other equity interests in such entity in return, and
then makes a liquidating distribution of such common stock or other equity
interest to holders of Units, such common stock or other equity interest shall
be deemed to be Units for purposes of this Agreement, and all rights and
obligations contained in this Agreement shall apply thereto.

7. Additional Registration Rights. Notwithstanding any other provision contained
herein, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holder,
grant to any Member registration rights more favorable than those granted to the
Holder pursuant to this Agreement.

8. Information by the Holders. Each of the Holders, and each Other Holder
holding securities included in any registration, shall furnish to the Company
such information regarding itself and the distribution proposed by it as the
Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in
connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in
this Agreement.

9. Rule 144 Reporting.

            With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and
regulations of the Commission which may permit the sale of restricted securities
to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

      9.1 make and keep public information available as those terms are
understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times from and after ninety (90) days
following the effective date of the first registration under the Act filed by
the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

      9.2 use its best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner
all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the
Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting
requirements; and

      9.3 so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to the
Holder upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with
the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90)
days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by
the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the
Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such
reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of
the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as the Holder may
reasonably request in availing itself of


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing the Holder to sell any such
securities without registration.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
date and year first above written.

                                INTERNET.COM LLC

                                By: /s/ ALAN M. MECKLER
                                   ---------------------------------
                                   Name:  Alan M. Meckler
                                   Title: Managing Member


                                INTERNET WORLD MEDIA, INC.

                                By: /s/ JOSEPH NeCASTRO
                                   ---------------------------------
                                   Name: Joseph NeCastro
                                   Title: Chief Financial Officer

<PAGE>

                                                                Exhibit 4.03


            THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED
FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED PURSUANT TO THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE STATUTES. SUCH
SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN AMENDED AND
RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF INTERNET.COM LLC, DATED AS OF
NOVEMBER 24, 1998, AMONG INTERNET WORLD MEDIA, INC., ALAN M. MECKLER AND CERTAIN
AFFILIATES OF MR. MECKLER (THE "OPERATING AGREEMENT"), AND SUCH SECURITIES MAY
NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT
IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS THEREOF AND UNLESS (I) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS HAS BECOME
EFFECTIVE WITH REGARD THERETO, OR (II) AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION EXISTS
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR THE REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER) AND
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SUCH EXEMPTION IS APPLICABLE THERETO.

                            WARRANT TO PURCHASE UNITS
                                       OF
                                INTERNET.COM LLC

            INTERNET.COM LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the
"Company"), hereby certifies that, for value received,

                           INTERNET WORLD MEDIA, INC.

or registered assigns (the "Holder"), is entitled to subscribe for and purchase
up to 128 membership units ("Units") of the Company (as adjusted pursuant to
Section 4 hereof, the "Warrant Units") at the price of $23,437.50 per unit (such
price and such other price as results, from time to time, from the adjustments
specified in Section 4 hereof is hereinafter referred to as the "Per Unit
Exercise Price"), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.

            Section 1. Exercise Period. The right to purchase the Warrant Units
represented by this Warrant is exercisable upon issuance of this Warrant on the
date hereof (the "Issue Date").

            Section 2. Termination of Warrant. This Warrant will expire and
terminate on the first to occur of the following events (an "Expiration Event"):
(i) 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third anniversary of the date hereof;
provided, however, that if such day is a Saturday, Sunday or Federal holiday,
this Warrant will not expire until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the next
business day or (ii) the date the Company has consummated and received the net
proceeds from an underwritten public offering (an "Offering") of its Units (or,
if the Company has converted to a corporation (by merger or otherwise) or
effected a transaction as 

<PAGE>

described in Section 4(i) of this Warrant, its shares of common stock or other
equity interests; any reference hereafter to Units of the Company, if
appropriate, will also be deemed to refer to such shares of common or other
equity interests) pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under
the Securities Act; provided, however, that if such Offering indicates that the
value of the Company is less than $30 million (as determined by multiplying (A)
the per Unit proceeds to the Company of such Offering (before deducting
underwriting commissions and discounts) by (B) the number of Units outstanding
after such Offering), this Warrant will not expire and terminate pursuant to
this clause (ii) (but may still expire and terminate pursuant to clause (i))
until the date that is thirty days after the date that the value of the Company
exceeds $30 million (as determined by multiplying (A) the average of the per
Unit closing prices (on the principal exchange or market on which the Units
trade at such time) for Units of the Company for any 20 consecutive trading-day
period after consummation of such Offering by (B) the number of Units
outstanding as of such date). Except to the extent provided in the immediately
preceding proviso, any Warrant not exercised before the occurrence of an
Expiration Event will become void, and all rights of the Holder hereunder will
cease.

            Section 3. Method of Exercise: Payment. The purchase right
represented by this Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part by the Holder,
at any time, by (a) delivering to the Company, at its principal office, this
Warrant (with the Notice of Exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A, duly
executed) and (b) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the aggregate
exercise price for the Warrant Units specified in the Notice of Exercise. The
Holder or transferee designated in the applicable Notice of Exercise will be
deemed to have become the holder of record of such Warrant Units, for all
purposes, as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant (with
the Notice of Exercise duly executed) and such payment is received by the
Company. Payment may be made, at the option of the Holder, in cash, by wire
transfer, or by certified or official bank check payable to the Company. In the
event the Holder exercises this Warrant with respect to fewer than all of the
Warrant Units covered hereby, the Company shall issue to the Holder a new
Warrant representing the Warrant Units remaining unexercised.

            Section 4. Adjustment of Per Unit Exercise Price and Number of
Warrant Units. The number and kind of Warrant Units purchasable upon the
exercise of this Warrant and the Per Unit Exercise Price will be subject to
adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

                  (a) Reorganization, Consolidation, Merger. etc. In case of any
capital reclassification or reorganization (other than a reclassification to
which Section 4(b) hereof applies) or of any consolidation or merger of the
Company with or into any other Person, or any other reorganization (other than a
merger or consolidation in which the Company is the continuing or surviving
entity and which does not result in any reclassification or similar change in
the Units) or any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
(any such transaction being hereinafter referred to as a "Reorganization"),
then, in each case, the Holder, on exercise hereof at any time after the
consummation or effective time of such Reorganization (the "Effective Time"),
will receive, in lieu of the Warrant Units issuable on such exercise prior to
the 


                                       2
<PAGE>

Effective Time, the amount of membership interests or other securities and
property (including cash) to which such Holder would have been entitled upon the
Effective Time if such Holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior
thereto.

                  (b) Split, Subdivision or Combination of Units. If the
Company, at any time or from time to time after the Issue Date, (A) makes a
distribution in respect of the Units in Units or securities convertible or
exchangeable into Units, (B) subdivides or reclassifies the outstanding Units
into a greater number of Units, (C) combines or reclassifies the outstanding
Units into a smaller number of Units, or (D) otherwise issues by
reclassification of the Units any units or other membership interests in the
Company, then, and in each such case, the Per Unit Exercise Price in effect
immediately prior to such action will be adjusted by multiplying such Per Unit
Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Units
outstanding immediately prior to such event, and the denominator of which is the
number of Units outstanding immediately after such event. An adjustment made
pursuant to this Section 4(b) will become applicable (x) in the case of any such
distribution, immediately after the close of business on the record date for the
determination of holders of Units entitled to receive such distribution and (y)
in the case of any such subdivision, reclassification or combination, at the
close of business on the day upon which such action becomes effective. Such
adjustment will be made successively. Upon each adjustment in the Per Unit
Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 4(b), the number of Warrant Units
purchasable hereunder will be adjusted, rounded up to the nearest whole unit, to
the product obtained by multiplying the number of Warrant Units purchasable
immediately prior to such adjustment in the Per Unit Exercise Price by a
fraction (i) the numerator of which will be the Per Unit Exercise Price
immediately prior to such adjustment, and (ii) the denominator of which will be
the Per Unit Exercise Price immediately after such adjustment.

                  (c) Warrant, Rights and Options, Etc.. If the Company, after
the Issue Date, (A) issues securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or
warrants, rights or options exercisable for, Units, to all holders of its Units
or (B) sells and issues any Units or securities convertible into or exchangeable
for, or warrants, rights or options exercisable for, Units, in either case at a
price per Unit (determined in the case of warrants, rights, options and
convertible and exchangeable securities, by dividing (x) the total amount
received or receivable by the Company in consideration of the sale and issuance
of such warrants, rights, options or convertible or exchangeable securities plus
the total consideration payable to the Company upon exercise, conversion or
exchange thereof by (y) the total number of Units covered by such warrants,
rights, options or convertible or exchangeable securities) which is less than
the greater of (1) the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the date of issuance of
such Units, warrants, rights, options or convertible or exchangeable securities
and (2) the Per Unit Exercise Price in effect on such date, then, and in each
such case, the Per Unit Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such
issuance will be adjusted by multiplying such Per Unit Exercise Price by a
fraction, the numerator of which will be the sum of (x) the number of Units
outstanding immediately prior to such issuance of Units, warrants, rights,
options or convertible or exchangeable securities and (y) the number of Units
that could be purchased at a price equal to the greater of (1) the Fair Market


                                       3
<PAGE>

Value of a Unit at the time of such issuance and (2) the Per Unit Exercise Price
in effect at such time, for the maximum aggregate consideration receivable by
the Company upon such issuance, exercise, conversion or exchange in full of all
such Units, warrants, rights, options or convertible or exchangeable securities,
and the denominator of which will be the sum of the number of Units outstanding
immediately prior to such issuance of Units, warrants, rights, options or
convertible or exchangeable securities and the maximum number of Units that
could be acquired upon issuance, exercise, conversion or exchange in full of all
such Units, warrants, rights, options or convertible or exchangeable securities.

                  (d) Miscellaneous Provisions. (i) If the Company sells and
            issues Units for a consideration consisting, in whole or in part, of
            property other than cash or its equivalent, then in determining the
            "price per Unit" and the "amount received or receivable by the
            Company" for purposes of Section 4(c) hereof, the Board will
            determine (which determination must be unanimous), in its
            discretion, after consultation with a nationally recognized
            investment banking firm, the fair value of said property, and such
            determination, if made in good faith, will be binding. The
            adjustments set forth in Section 4(c) will be made successively
            whenever any such Units, rights, options, warrants or convertible or
            exchangeable securities are issued, and will become effective (i) in
            the case of Section 4(c)(A) hereof, immediately after the record
            date for the determination of Members entitled to receive the
            rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities
            and (ii) in the case of Sections 4(c)(B) hereof on the date of
            issuance thereof.

                  (ii) Upon the expiration of any warrants, rights, options or
            convertible or exchangeable securities issued by the Company that
            caused a reduction to the Per Unit Exercise Price pursuant to
            Section 4(c)(A) hereof, if any of such warrants, rights, options or
            convertible or exchangeable securities have not been exercised,
            converted or exchanged, then the Per Unit Exercise Price will be
            increased by the amount of the initial reduction of the Per Unit
            Exercise Price pursuant to such Section in respect of such expired
            rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities.

                  (iii) Neither the issuance of any (1) Units (whether treasury
            shares or newly issued Units) pursuant to (x) a distribution on, or
            subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the outstanding
            Units requiring an adjustment in the Per Unit Exercise Price
            pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof or (y) the exercise of any
            convertible security, warrant, right or option outstanding as of the
            Issue Date nor (2) Units, warrants, rights, options or convertible
            or exchangeable securities containing the right to subscribe for or
            purchase Units issued in any of the transactions described in
            Section 4(c)(A) hereof, will be deemed to constitute an issuance of
            Units, convertible or exchangeable securities, warrants, rights or
            options by the Company for purposes of Section 4(c)(B). All Units
            issued and all


                                       4
<PAGE>

            Units reserved for issuance pursuant to any outstanding warrants,
            rights or options deemed not to constitute an issuance pursuant to
            the previous sentence will nevertheless be deemed to be outstanding
            for all computations pursuant to this Section 4 until such Units are
            no longer outstanding or such convertible securities, warrants,
            rights or options expire.

                  (e) Other Distributions. If the Company, at any time or from
time to time after the Issue Date, declares, orders, pays or makes a
distribution (including without limitation any distribution of Units or other
securities, evidences of indebtedness, property or assets or rights or warrants
to subscribe for Units or other member interests in the Company or any of its
subsidiaries) on its Units (other than (A) a Tax Distribution (as defined in the
Operating Agreement), (B) distributions of Units referred to in Section 4(b)
hereof, or (C) distributions referred to in Section 4(c)(A) hereof) (any of the
foregoing other than the items specified in clauses (A), (B) and (C) referred to
as "Securities or Assets"), then and in each such case, unless the Company
elects to reserve Units or other units of such Securities or Assets for
distribution to the Holder upon the exercise of this Warrant so that the Holder
will receive upon such exercise, in addition to the Units which the Holder is
entitled, the amount and kind of such Securities or Assets which the Holder
would have received if the Holder had, immediately prior to the record date for
the distribution of the Securities or Assets, exercised this Warrant into
Warrant Units, the Per Unit Exercise Price will be adjusted so that the same
will equal the price determined by multiplying the Per Unit Exercise Price in
effect immediately prior to the date of such distribution by a fraction of which
the numerator will be the Fair Market Value per Unit on the date of such
distribution less the then Fair Market Value of the portion of the Units or
assets or evidences of indebtedness so distributed or of such rights or warrants
applicable to one Unit, and of which the denominator will be the Fair Market
Value per Unit on the date of such distribution; provided, however, that if the
then Fair Market Value of the portion of the Securities or Assets so distributed
applicable to one Unit is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per
Unit on the date of such distribution, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment,
adequate provision will be made so that the Holder will have the right to
receive the amount and kind of Securities or Assets which the Holder would have
received had the Holder exercised this Warrant immediately prior to the record
date for the distribution of the Securities or Assets. Such adjustment will
become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of
shareholders entitled to receive such distribution.

                  (f) Company Owned Units. For purposes of this Section 4, the
number of Units at any time outstanding will not include any Units then owned or
held by or for the account of the Company.

                  (g) Minimum Adjustment. All calculations of the Per Unit
Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 4 will be made to the nearest cent.
Anything in this Section 4 to the contrary notwithstanding, (A) the Company will
not be required to give effect to any adjustment in the Per Unit Exercise Price
unless and until the net effect of one or more adjustments (each of which will
be carried forward), determined as above provided, has resulted 


                                       5
<PAGE>

in a reduction or increase of the Per Unit Exercise Price of at least 1%, and
when the cumulative net effect of more than one adjustment so determined is to
reduce or increase the Per Unit Exercise Price by at least 1%, such reduction or
increase in Per Unit Exercise Price will thereupon be given effect and (B)
except as set forth in Sections 4(b) and 4(d)(ii) hereof, in no event will the
then current Per Unit Exercise Price be increased as a result of any calculation
made at any time pursuant to this Section 4.

                  (h) Statements of Adjustments. Whenever the Per Unit Exercise
Price is adjusted as provided in this Section 4, the Company will prepare a
statement showing the facts requiring such adjustment and the Per Unit Exercise
Price that will be in effect after such adjustment. The Company shall cause a
copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the
Holder at its address appearing on the company's records. Where appropriate,
such copy may be given in advance and may be included as part of the notice
required to be mailed under the provision of subsection (g) of this Section 4.

                  (i) Certain Reorganizations. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of Section 4, in the event that the Company transfers substantially
all of its assets to another entity, receiving common stock or other equity
interests of such entity in return, and then makes a liquidating distribution of
such common stock or other equity interests to holders of membership interests,
the Holder will be entitled to receive, in exchange for this Warrant, warrants
to purchase the number of shares of common stock or other equity interests of
such entity that the holder of such Warrants would have been entitled to receive
had such holder exercised such Warrants immediately prior to such transaction.
The Company shall not effect any such transaction unless such entity shall have
entered into an agreement with the Holder providing the Holder with rights and
privileges with respect thereto substantially similar to those that the Holder
enjoys under this Agreement.

                  (j) Notices. In the event the Company proposes to take any
action of the types described in subsection (a), (b), (e) or (i) of this Section
4, the Company shall give notice to the Holder, in the manner set forth in
subsection (h) of this Section 4, which notice will specify the record date, if
any, with respect to any such action and the date on which such action is to
take place. Such notice will also set forth such facts with respect thereto as
are reasonably necessary to indicate the number, the Units or other membership
interests of the Company or other securities or property which will be
deliverable to the Holder upon exercise hereof following the occurrence of such
action. In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record
date, such notice will be given at least 10 days prior to the date so fixed, and
in case of all other action, such notice will be given at least 15 days prior to
the taking of such proposed action. Failure to give such notice, or any defect
therein, will not affect the legality or validity of any such action.

                  (k) Definitions. For purposes of Section 4 hereof, the
following definitions apply:


                                       6
<PAGE>

                        "Current Market Price" of Units or any other membership
            interests in the Company for any day will mean the last reported
            sales price, regular way, or, in the event that no sale takes place
            on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked
            prices, regular way, in either case as reported on the New York
            Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, if such security is not listed or
            admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal
            national securities exchange on which such security is listed or
            admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any
            national securities exchange, on the Nasdaq National Market System
            or, if such security is not quoted on such National Market System,
            the average of the closing bid and asked prices on each such day in
            the over-the-counter market as reported by Nasdaq or, if bid and
            asked prices for such security on each such day have not been
            reported through Nasdaq, the average of the bid and asked prices for
            such day as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm
            regularly making a market in such security selected for such purpose
            by the Board or a committee thereof.

                        "Fair Market Value" means, (i) as to Units or any other
            membership interest in the Company that are publicly traded, the
            average of the Current Market Prices of such shares or securities
            for each of the five (5) consecutive trading days preceding the date
            as of which the Fair Market Value of a security is to be determined,
            and (ii) as to any security that is not publicly traded or of any
            other property, the fair value thereof as determined in good faith
            by the Board or in any manner prescribed by the Board, including,
            but not limited to, by an independent investment banking or
            appraisal firm experienced in the valuation of such securities or
            property selected in good faith by the Board or a committee thereof.

            Section 5. No Rights as a Member. Until this Warrant has been
exercised as provided herein and the certificates for Warrant Units issued and
delivered, the Holder of this Warrant will not, by reason of this Warrant, be
deemed to be a Member of the Company for any purpose, nor will anything
contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder of this Warrant, as
such, any of the rights of a Member of the Company.

            Section 6. Transfer; Replacement. This Warrant may be transferred,
in whole or in part, solely in connection with a transfer in accordance with the
provisions of the Operating Agreement, at any time and from time to time, by
delivering to the Company, at its principal office, this Warrant (with an
Assignment in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B duly executed). Upon
surrender for registration of transfer of this Warrant at such office, the
Company shall execute and deliver in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees one or more new Warrants representing the right to purchase at the
Per Unit Exercise Price then in effect a like number of aggregate number of
Warrant Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be obligated
to register any transfer of this Warrant unless the Holder has provided to the
Company evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company and its counsel
(including, without


                                       7
<PAGE>

limitation, an opinion of counsel to the Holder) demonstrating that such
transfer complies with all applicable federal and state securities laws. If this
Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may, on such terms
as to indemnify it or otherwise as it may in its discretion impose (which may
include the posting of a bond and may, in the case of a mutilated Warrant,
include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and
tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed. Any such new
Warrant will constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company,
whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant be at
any time enforceable by anyone.

            Section 7. Warrant Register. The Company shall keep at its principal
office a register listing the name and address of the Holder. The Company and
any agent of the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Warrant is
registered on such register as the owner and holder hereof for all purposes.

            Section 8. Payment of Taxes and Expenses. The Company will pay all
issuance taxes and similar governmental charges that may be imposed on the
Company in respect of the issue or delivery thereof.

            Section 9. Miscellaneous. This Warrant will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware. No
amendment or waiver of any provision of this Warrant, nor a consent to any
departure by the Company therefrom, will in any event be effective unless the
same be in writing and signed by the Company and the Holder, and then such
waiver or consent will be effective only in the specific instance and for the
specific purpose for which given. The captions of this Warrant have been
inserted for convenience only and have no substantive effect.

            Section 10. Securities Laws Matters. The Holder, by its acceptance
hereof, acknowledges that neither this Warrant nor the Warrant Units have been
registered for sale under federal or state securities laws and are being offered
and sold to the Holder pursuant to one or more exemptions from the registration
requirements of such securities laws. The Holder represents that it is acquiring
this Warrant and will acquire the Warrant Units issued upon exercise of this
Warrant for its own account for investment and not with a view to, or for sale
in connection with, any public distribution thereof in violation of any
securities laws. The Holder agrees that neither this Warrant nor any Warrant
Units issued upon exercise of this Warrant will be sold or otherwise transferred
unless a registration statement with respect thereto has become effective under
the Securities Act; or there is presented to the Company an opinion of counsel
selected by the Holder and reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such
registration is not required. The Holder agrees that the Company or any transfer
agent of the Company may be instructed not to transfer any Warrant Units
acquired upon exercise of this Warrant unless it receives reasonably
satisfactory evidence of compliance with the foregoing provision, and that there
may be endorsed upon any certificate or other instrument representing such
Warrant Units (and any certificates or instruments in substitution therefore) a
legend setting forth the foregoing restrictions. The Holder represents to the
Company that it is an "Accredited Investor" within the 


                                       8
<PAGE>

meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D as promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission. The Holder hereby acknowledges that the representations and
warranties contained in this Section are given with the intention that the
Company may rely on them for purposes of claiming an exemption from the
registration requirements of applicable securities laws.

            Section 11. Operating Agreement. This Warrant and the Warrant Units
are subject to the provisions of the Operating Agreement, including without
limitation all of the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 2.6 thereof.


                                       9
<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered
this Warrant as of this 24th day of November, 1998.

                                        INTERNET.COM LLC

                                        By: /s/ ALAN M. MECKLER
                                           -------------------------------
                                        Name: Alan M. Meckler
                                        Title: Chairman and Chief Executive 
                                               Officer

Attest:

/s/ ELLIOTT M. BEARD
- ----------------------------


                                ACKNOWLEDGMENT

            The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the representations and
warranties made by it in this Warrant are true, and agrees to be bound by and to
observe the agreements set forth herein.

                                        HOLDER

                                         /s/ JOSEPH NeCASTRO
                                        ----------------------------------


                                       10
<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit A

                          FORM OF NOTICE OF EXERCISE

                      (To be executed only upon exercise
                           of the attached Warrant)

            The undersigned registered holder of the attached Warrant
irrevocably exercises the within Warrant for and purchases ______ Units of
INTERNET.COM LLC and herewith makes payment therefor in the amount of $________,
all at the price and on the terms and conditions specified in the attached
Warrant, and requests that a certificate (or ____ certificates in the
denominations of ______ Units) for such Units hereby purchased be issued in the
name of and delivered to the undersigned.

Dated:  ____________, ____.

                                        [                         ]

                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             (Signature of Registered Holder)

NOTICE:                                 The signature on this Notice of Exercise
                                        must correspond with the name as written
                                        upon the face of the attached Warrant in
                                        every particular, without alteration or
                                        enlargement or any change whatever.

<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit B

                              FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

                   (To be executed only upon the assignment
                           of the attached Warrant)

            FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned registered holder of the
attached Warrant hereby sells, assigns and transfer unto
__________________________, whose address is _________________________, all of
the rights of the undersigned under the attached Warrant, with respect to ______
Units of INTERNET.COM LLC and, if such Units shall not include all the Warrant
Units issuable as provided in the attached Warrant, that a new Warrant of like
tenor for the number of Warrant Units not being transferred hereunder be issued
in the name of and delivered to the undersigned, and does hereby irrevocably
constitute and appoint __________________ as Attorney to register such transfer
on the books of INTERNET.COM LLC maintained for the purpose, with full power of
substitution in the premises.

Dated:  ____________, ____.

                                        [                         ]

                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             (Signature of Registered Holder)

NOTICE:     

                                        The signature on this Assignment must
                                        correspond with the name as written upon
                                        the face of the attached Warrant in 
                                        every particular, without alteration or
                                        enlargement or any change whatever.

<PAGE>


                                                               Exhibit 10.02


                           SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                       LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
                                       OF
                                INTERNET.COM LLC
                      A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

            SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of
internet.com LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), dated as
of March 25, 1999, by and among Alan M. Meckler ("Meckler"), Internet World
Media, Inc. ("Internet World") and the additional persons and entities listed on
Exhibit A and Exhibit C hereto (the "Members").

                               W I T N E S E T H:

            WHEREAS, Internet World (the "Original Member") has formed a limited
liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability
Company Act, Del. Code tit. 6, Section 18-101, et seq., as amended from time to
time (the "Act");

            WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the
"Merger Agreement"), dated as of October 7, 1998, by and among Penton Media,
Inc., Internet World, Mecklermedia Corporation and Meckler, the Original Member
agreed to sell an 80.1% interest in the Company to Meckler promptly following
the consummation of the Merger (as defined in the Merger Agreement);

            WHEREAS, effective immediately upon consummation of the transactions
described in the Merger Agreement, the Original Member amended and restated the
Agreement to (i) admit Meckler as the Managing Member; (ii) reduce the Interest
of the Original Member; and (iii) provide for the affairs of the Company to be
conducted as set forth herein;

            WHEREAS, in consideration of the additional Capital Contributions
set forth on Exhibit A, the Company now desires to issue Units to the persons
set forth on Exhibit A and to admit each person set forth on Exhibit A who is
not an existing Member as an additional Member;

            WHEREAS, in consideration for the performance of services on behalf
of the Company, the Company now desires to admit the persons listed on Exhibit C
hereto as additional Members; and

            WHEREAS, the Members hereby constitute themselves a limited
liability company for the purposes and on the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement.

<PAGE>

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the
parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, it is mutually agreed by and among
the parties hereto as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I.
                             Introductory Provisions

            Section 1.1. Certain Definitions. As used herein:

            "Act" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

            "Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person
who directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control
with such Person, or, in the case of a natural person, any immediate family
member of such Person.

            "Agreement" shall mean this Second Amended and Restated Limited
Liability Company Agreement of internet.com LLC, as originally executed and as
amended, modified or supplemented pursuant to the provisions hereof.

            "Book Value" shall have the meaning given to it in Section 2.2.

            "Board" shall have the meaning given to it in Section 3.2.

            "Capital Account" has the meaning specified in Section 4.1.

            "Capital Contribution" means a contribution by a Member to the
capital of the Company pursuant to this Agreement. A Capital Contribution may be
in cash or in such other form, including tangible and intangible assets, at such
valuation as shall be established by the Board.

            "Certificate" means the Certificate of Formation of the Company as
filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, as it may be amended from time to
time.

            "Change in Control" means the acquisition or acquisitions, directly
or indirectly, by any one or more individuals, entities or groups (within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, other than Meckler or a member of his immediate family or any
Affiliate of 50% or more of the aggregate Units.


                                       2
<PAGE>

            "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any
reference to a section of the Code shall include a reference to any amendatory
or successor provision thereto.

            "Fiscal Year" has the meaning specified in Section 4.3.

            "Indemnified Persons" has the meaning specified in Section 3.3.

            "Initial Public Offering" shall mean an initial public offering of
the securities of the Company or of shares of common stock of any corporate
successor to the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed under the
Securities Act.

            "Management Interest" shall mean, with respect to any Management
Member, as of any date, a fraction with a numerator equal to the Management
Points allocated to such Management Member and a denominator equal to the total
number of Management Points allocated to all Management Members on or before
such date (as set forth in Exhibit C hereto).

            "Management Member" shall mean any Person listed on Exhibit C hereto
and "Management Members" shall collectively mean all Persons listed on Exhibit C
hereto.

            "Managing Member" shall mean Meckler.

            "Management Points" shall mean, in respect of any Management Member,
the number of Management Points, if any, allocated to such Management Member on
the date hereof (as set forth in Exhibit C hereto). It is the intention of the
parties that all Management Points allocated on the date hereof shall qualify as
"profits interests" within the meaning of Revenue Procedure 93-27.

            "Net Profits" and "Net Losses" means the income and loss of the
Company as determined in accordance with the accounting methods followed by the
Company for Federal income tax purposes but including as an item of profit
income exempt from tax and described in Code Section 705(a)(1)(B), treating as
deductions items of expenditure described in, or under Treasury Regulations
deemed described in, Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) and treating as an item of gain
(or loss) both any increase (decrease) in the Book Value of the Company's
property under Section 2.2(c) and the excess (deficit), if any, of the fair
market value (taking Section 7701(g) of the Code into account) of distributed
property over (under) its Book Value. Depreciation, depletion, amortization,
income and gain (or loss) with respect to Company assets shall be computed with
reference to their Book Value rather than to their adjusted bases in an amount
consistent 


                                       3
<PAGE>

with Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g). Profit or loss resulting
from the disposition of assets shall be determined by reference to Book Value
rather than adjusted tax basis.

            "Net Profits  from  Operations"  and "Net Losses from  Operations"
means Net Profits and Net Losses, respectively,  of the Company other than Net
Profits or Net Losses from Capital Transactions.

            "Net Profits from Capital Transactions" and "Net Losses from Capital
Transactions" means Net Profits and Net Losses, respectively, of the Company
attributable to the disposition of property of the Company, including for this
purpose any increase (decrease) in the Book Value of the Company's property
under Section 2.2(c) and the excess (deficit), if any, of the fair market value
(taking Section 7701(g) of the Code into account) of distributed property over
(under) its Book Value.

            "Notices" has the meaning specified in Section 8.1(a).

            "Ownership Percentage" means the percentage that is equal to the
number of Units held by a Member divided by the total number of Units
outstanding, each as specified on Exhibit A hereto, as such Exhibit may be
amended from time to time.

            "Person" means an individual, corporation, association, limited
liability company, limited liability partnership, partnership, estate, trust,
unincorporated organization or a government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

            "Tax Distribution" has the meaning specified in Section 6.3.

            "Transfer" has the meaning specified in Section 2.6(a).

            "Treasury  Regulations"  means the regulations  promulgated by the
U.S. Department of the Treasury under the Code.

            "Unit" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

            "Warrant" means that certain Warrant to Purchase Units of the
Company executed on November 24, 1999 and issued to Internet World.

            Section 1.2. Name. The name of the Company shall be "internet.com
LLC."

            Section 1.3. Principal Place of Business. The Company's principal
place of business shall be at such place as the Managing Member shall designate
from time to time.


                                       4
<PAGE>

            Section 1.4. Purposes. The purposes of the Company shall be to
conduct the Business (as hereinafter defined), as well as any other lawful
business, purpose or activity related to the Internet industry and otherwise
permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware, and all acts and things
necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the
furtherance and accomplishment of such purposes. For purposes of this Agreement,
the Company's "Business" consists of an Internet web site that contains the
latest news and resources for the Internet industry, directories of Internet
products and services, back issues of Internet World's print publications and
information about Internet World's Internet World trade shows and conferences.

            Section 1.5. Duration. The Company was formed upon the filing of a
Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware
pursuant to the Act and shall continue until dissolved pursuant to Section 7.1.

            Section 1.6. Limitation of Liability. All debts, obligations and
liabilities of the Company shall be debts, obligations and liabilities of the
Company as an entity, and shall be paid or satisfied from the assets of the
Company. In no event shall any of the debts, obligations or liabilities of the
Company be payable in whole or in part by (a) any Member, employee, agent,
advisor or other representative of the Company; (b) any direct or indirect
member, general or limited partner or shareholder in, or ultimate beneficial
owner of, a Member, or any other Affiliate (other than the Company itself) of a
Member; or (c) any board member, managing director, officer, employee, agent,
advisor or other representative of any of the Persons referred to in the
preceding clause (b).

                                   ARTICLE II.

                     Capital Contributions; Other Financing;

                                      Units

            Section 2.1. Capital Contributions; Units. (a) The Capital
Contributions of each Member shall be represented by membership units or
fractions thereof ("Units," and each, a "Unit"). At the initial date of this
Agreement, the number of Units and the corresponding Capital Contribution (which
shall, in the case of Meckler and his Affiliates, be equal to the amount paid by
Meckler and his Affiliates to Internet World for their respective interests in
the Company) and Ownership Percentage for each Member shall be as set forth on
Exhibit A attached hereto. Exhibit A shall be amended from time to time in
accordance with 


                                       5
<PAGE>

the terms hereof to reflect (i) the admission of new Members and (ii)
appropriate adjustments to such Ownership Percentages and Capital Contributions.

                        (b) Except as provided in Section 2.7 or Section 3.2, no
Person (including any Member) shall be required or permitted to make any
additional Capital Contribution to the Company.

            Section 2.2. Determination of Book Value of Company Assets.

                  (a) Book Value. Except as set forth below, Book Value of any
Company asset is its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes.

                  (b) Initial Book Value. The initial Book Value of any assets
contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of
such assets at the time of such contribution.

                  (c) Adjustments. The Book Values of all of the Company's
assets shall be adjusted by the Company to equal their respective gross fair
market values, as determined by the Board by unanimous vote, as of the following
times: (a) the admission of a new Member to the Company or the acquisition by an
existing Member of an additional interest in the Company from the Company
(including the issuance of Warrant Units to Internet World pursuant to the
exercise of the Warrant); (b) the distribution by the Company of money or
property to a retiring or continuing Member in consideration for all or a
portion of such Member's interest in the Company; (c) the liquidation of the
Company; and (d) such other times as determined by the Board by unanimous vote.

                  (d) Depreciation and Amortization. The Book Value of a Company
asset shall be adjusted (i) for the depreciation and amortization of such asset
taken into account in computing Net Profits and Net Losses and (ii) for Company
expenditures and transactions that increase or decrease the asset's Federal
income tax basis.

            Section 2.3. Withdrawal of Capital; Limitation on Distributions. No
Member shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contributions to,
or to receive any distributions from, the Company except as provided in Section
6.1 and Section 7.2. No Member shall be entitled to demand or receive (i)
interest on its Capital Contributions or (ii) any property from the Company
other than cash except as provided in Section 7.2(a).


                                       6
<PAGE>

            Section 2.4. Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses.

      (a) Allocation of Net Profits and Losses from Operations

                  (i)(a) Net Profits from Operations shall first be allocated in
proportion to, and to the extent of, the excess of prior allocations of Net
Losses from Operations under Section 2.4(a)(ii)(b) below over prior allocations
of Net Profits from Operations under this Section 2.4(a)(i)(a) and, then, (b)
among the Members in proportion to their Ownership Percentages.

                  (ii)(a) Net Losses from Operations shall first be allocated
among the Members in proportion to their Ownership Percentages until the Capital
Account of any Member is reduced to zero, then (b) among the Members in
proportion to, and to the extent of, their positive Capital Account balances
and, finally, (c) to the Members in proportion to their Ownership Percentages.

      (b) Allocation of Net Profits and Losses from Capital Transactions

                  (i)(a) Net Profits from Capital Transactions shall first be
allocated in proportion to and to the extent of, the excess of prior allocations
of Net Losses from Capital Transactions under Section 2.4(b)(ii)(b) below over
prior allocations of Net Profits from Capital Transactions under this Section
2.4(b)(i)(a) and, then, (b) except as provided in Section 2.4(b)(iii) below, to
the Management Members in accordance with their respective Management Interests
until the aggregate Capital Account of the Management Members is equal to 4% of
the aggregate Capital Accounts of all Members and, finally, (c) among the
Members in proportion to their Ownership Percentages. At such time as the
aggregate Capital Account of the Management Members is equal to 4% of the
aggregate Capital Accounts of all Members, (i) the Management Members shall be
deemed to own Incentive Units equal to 4% of the total Units outstanding and to
have an aggregate Ownership Percentage equal to 4%; and (ii) the Ownership
Percentage of each Member other than the Management Members shall be diluted
proportionately by the deemed issuance of such Incentive Units to the Management
Members, in each case for all purposes of this Agreement, including for purposes
of any further allocations of Net Profits or Net Losses under this Section 2.4.
The percentages set forth in the preceding sentence shall be appropriately
adjusted to account for the issuance of additional Units by the Company under
Section 3.2 after the date of this Agreement.

                  (ii)(a) Net Losses from Capital Transactions shall first be
allocated among the Members in proportion to their


                                       7
<PAGE>

Ownership Percentages until the Capital Account of any Member is reduced to
zero, then (b) among the Members in proportion to, and to the extent of, their
positive Capital Account balances and, finally, (c) to the Members in proportion
to their Ownership Percentages.

                  (iii) Notwithstanding Section 2.4(b)(i)(a), upon the exercise
of the Warrant by Internet World, Net Profits from Capital Transactions shall
first be allocated to Internet World until the Capital Account balance of
Internet World bears the same proportion to the total of the Capital Account
balances of all Members other than the Capital Account balances of the
Management Members in respect of their Management Interests (taking into account
the amount contributed to the Company by Internet World pursuant to such
exercise and all amounts allocated pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(iii)) as the
number of Units held by Internet World immediately after such exercise bears to
the total number of Units (other than Incentive Units) held by all Members
immediately after such exercise.

            (c) Other Items

                  (a) Tax credits shall be allocated among the Members in
proportion to their Ownership Percentages or as otherwise required by the Code
or Treasury Regulations.

                  (b) When the Book Value of a Company asset differs from its
basis for Federal or other income tax purposes, solely for purposes of the
relevant tax and not for purposes of computing Capital Account balances, income,
gain, loss, deduction and credit shall be allocated among the Members under the
traditional method without curative allocations under Treasury Regulation
Section 1.704-3(b).

            Section 2.5 Special Allocations. Notwithstanding the general
allocation rules set forth in Section 2.4, the following special allocation
rules (the "Regulatory Allocations") shall apply under the circumstances
described therein:

                  (a) Deficit Capital Account and Nonrecourse Debt Rules. The
special rules in this Section 2.5(a) apply, in the following order, to take into
account the possibility of Members having deficit Capital Account balances for
which they are not economically responsible and the effect of the Company or any
entity taxed as a partnership in which the Company has an ownership interest
incurring nonrecourse debt.

                  (i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. If there is a net
decrease in "partnership minimum gain" during any year, to be determined in
accordance with Treasury Regulations ss. 


                                       8
<PAGE>

1.704-2, including the tiered partnership rules of Treasury Regulations ss.
l.704-2(k), each Member shall be allocated items of income and gain for such
year equal to such Member's share of the net decrease in partnership minimum
gain within the meaning of Treasury Regulations ss. l.704-2(g)(2), except to the
extent not required by Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-2(f). To the extent that
this Section 2.5(a)(i) is inconsistent with Treasury Regulations ss. l.704-2(f)
or 1.704-2(k) or incomplete with respect to such regulations, the minimum gain
chargeback provided for herein shall be applied and interpreted in accordance
with such regulations.

                  (ii) Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain Chargeback. If
there is a net decrease in "partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain" during any
year, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-2(i)(2), each Member
who has a share of the partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain attributable to
such partner nonrecourse debt, determined in accordance with Treasury
Regulations ss. 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be allocated items of income and gain for
such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) equal to such Member's share of
the net decrease in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain. This allocation will
be made in accordance with Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-2(i)(4) and
1.704-2(f)(5). To the extent that this Section 2.5(a)(ii) is inconsistent with
Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-2(i) or 1.704-2(k) or incomplete with respect to
such regulations, the partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback provided
for herein shall be applied and interpreted in accordance with such regulations.

                  (iii) Deficit Capital Account Chargeback and Qualified Income
Offset. If any Member has a deficit balance in its Capital Account in excess of
such Member's share of partnership minimum gain and partner nonrecourse debt
minimum gain at the end of any year, including a deficit balance for such Member
caused or increased by an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in
Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), such Member shall
be allocated items of income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each
item of Company income, including gross income and gain) in an amount and manner
sufficient to eliminate such deficit balance in its Capital Account as quickly
as possible to the extent required by Treasury Regulations ss.
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii). This Section 2.5(a)(iii) is intended to constitute a
"qualified income offset" pursuant to Treasury Regulations ss.
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

                  (iv) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Any partner nonrecourse
deductions for any year or other period shall be allocated to the Member who
bears the economic risk of loss with 


                                       9
<PAGE>

respect to the partner nonrecourse debt to which such partner nonrecourse
deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations ss.
1.704-2(i) or 1.704-2(k).

                  (v) Curative Allocations. The Regulatory Allocations described
in this Section 2.5(a) may not be consistent with the manner in which the
Members intend to divide Net Profits, Net Losses and similar items. Accordingly,
Net Profits, Net Losses and other items will be reallocated among the Members
(in the same year and to the extent necessary, in subsequent years) in a manner
consistent with Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 so as to prevent
the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Net Profits, Net
Losses and other items are intended to be allocated among the Members pursuant
to Section 2.4 and in making such reallocations, account shall be taken of
future Regulatory Allocations that will in all likelihood occur.

                  (vi) Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to
the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b)
of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations ss.
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts,
the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an
item of profit (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if
the adjustment decreases such basis) and such profit or loss shall be specially
allocated to the Member in a manner consistent with the manner in which their
Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such section of the
Treasury Regulations.

                        (b) Change in Member's Interest. If there is a change in
any Member's share of the Company's Net Profits, Net Losses or other items
during any year, allocations among the Members shall be made in accordance with
their interests in the Company from time to time during such year in accordance
with Section 706 of the Code, using the closing-of-the-books method, except that
depreciation, amortization and similar items shall be deemed to accrue ratably
on a daily basis over the entire year during which the corresponding asset is
owned by the Company for the entire year, and over the portion of a year after
such asset is placed in service by the Company if such asset is placed in
service during the year.

                        (c) Nonrecourse Debt Sharing. For purposes of this
Agreement, the Members shall be deemed to be allocated nonrecourse deductions,
within the meaning of Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-2(b)(1), in accordance with
their proportionate number of Units. Solely for purposes of determining an
Member's proportionate share of the "excess 


                                       10
<PAGE>

nonrecourse liabilities" of the Company within the meaning of Treasury
Regulations ss. 1.752-3(a)(3), each Member's interest in the Company profits is
equal to the number of Units owned by such Member divided by the number of
outstanding Units.

            Section 2.6 Restrictions on Transfers.

                  (a) Transfer of Units. (i) Except as expressly provided in
this Agreement, a Member may not sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge,
hypothecate or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of any of such Member's
Units or, in the case of a Management Member, such Management Member's
Management Interest, or any interest therein (a "Transfer") (except for a
Transfer by Internet World to any Person or by any Member to a Permitted
Transferee) without the written consent of the Board, which consent may be
withheld for any reason. The Company shall not register any Transfer of a
Member's Units, a Management Member's Management Interest, or any interest
therein, and any such Transfer or registration of Transfer shall be null and
void, without the written consent of the Board. An assignee who has not been
admitted as a Member shall be entitled only to allocations and distributions
with respect to such interest in accordance with this Agreement, and shall have
no right to any information or, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
accounting of the affairs of the Company, shall not be entitled to inspect the
books or records of the Company and shall not have any of the rights of a Member
under the Act or this Agreement, but shall otherwise assume in writing prior to
such Transfer, other than a pledge (in respect of which such compliance shall be
required after sale or foreclosure), all obligations of the assignor hereunder
as if such assignee were the assignor; no such assignment shall be valid unless
the assumption of obligations described in this sentence has been executed.
Neither a Transfer of Units nor the admission of the Transferee thereof as a
Member shall discharge the transferor from any obligation hereunder.

            (ii) The restrictions contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not
apply with respect to any Transfer of Units or any part thereof by any Member
(a) among its Affiliates, (b) to any lender to whom a Member's Units or any part
thereof are assigned or pledged pursuant to a loan agreement, (c) to any
Member's spouse or children or to a trust or the trustee or trustees of a trust
directly or indirectly for the benefit of the Member's spouse, children or a
charitable organization, (d) to the Member's executors, administrator,
testamentary trustee, legatees or beneficiaries upon the Member's death or (e)
by gift (all such transferees shall be collectively referred to as the
"Permitted Transferees"); provided, that the Permitted Transferee shall execute
a counterpart of this Agreement; and provided, further that the restrictions
contained in this Agreement shall 


                                       11
<PAGE>

continue to apply to the Units after such Transfer by reference to the original
Member; and provided, further, that the transferor shall remain liable for all
of its obligations under this Agreement that survive.

                  (b) Rights of First Refusal. (i) In addition to the
restrictions contained in Section 2.6(a), no Member shall Transfer its Units or
any part thereof (other than to a Permitted Transferee) or exercise any
Drag-Along Right unless the Member desiring to make the Transfer or exercise
such Drag-Along Right (hereinafter referred to as the "Transferor") shall have
first made the offers to sell to the other Members (the "Other Members") as
contemplated by Section 2.6(b)(ii) through 2.5(b)(vii), and such offers shall
not have been accepted.

                  (ii) Offer by Transferor. Copies of the Transferor's offer
shall be given to all Other Members and shall consist of an offer to sell to
such Other Members all of the Units then proposed to be transferred by the
Transferor (the "Subject Units") pursuant to a bona fide offer of a third party,
other than an Affiliate of the Transferor, to which copies shall be attached a
statement of intention to Transfer to such third party, the name and address of
the prospective third party transferee, the portion of the Units involved in the
proposed Transfer, and terms of such Transfer which must include (A) all
consideration payable at closing and (B) that the offer is not contingent on any
event other than the non-acceptance of the Transferor's offer by the Other
Members.

                  (iii) Acceptance of Offer. Within 20 days after the receipt of
the offer described in Section 2.6(b)(ii), one or more of the Other Members (the
"Participating Other Members") may, at their option, elect to purchase all, but
not less than all, of the Subject Units, in such proportion per Participating
Other Member as shall be determined by the Participating Other Members;
provided, that should the Participating Other Members be unable to determine the
proportion of the Subject Units to be purchased by each within 20 days after the
receipt of the offer, each Participating Other Member which has not withdrawn
its election to purchase shall purchase a proportion of the Subject Units equal
to the Subject Units multiplied by the Ownership Percentage of such
Participating Other Member. The Participating Other Members shall exercise such
option by giving notice thereof to the Transferor within such 20-day period. The
notice required to be given by the Participating Other Members (the
"Purchasers") shall specify a date for the closing of the purchase which shall
not be more than 30 days after the date of the giving of such notice. In the
event that any party shall initiate an appraisal procedure pursuant to Section
2.6(b)(v) and (vi), such 20-day period shall be suspended as of (and including)
the date 


                                       12
<PAGE>

immediately following the date on which notice of such appraisal procedure is
given pursuant to Section 2.6(b)(v) and shall resume on (and including) the date
on which the appraisal procedure is completed pursuant to Section 2.6(b)(vi).

                  (iv) Purchase Price. The purchase price for the Subject Units
shall be the price for the Subject Units offered to be paid by the prospective
transferee described in the offer, which price shall be paid in cash or, if
described in the offer of the prospective transferee, cash plus deferred
payments of cash in the same proportions, and with the same terms of deferred
payments, as therein set forth.

                  (v) Consideration Other Than Cash. If the offer of a Subject
Units under this Section 2.6(b) is for consideration other than cash or cash
plus deferred payments of cash, the Purchaser shall pay the cash equivalent of
such other consideration. If the Transferor and the Purchaser cannot agree on
the amount of such cash equivalent within 10 days after the beginning of the
20-day period under Section 2.6(b)(iii), any of such parties may, by three days'
written notice to the other, initiate appraisal proceedings under Section
2.6(b)(vi) for determination of the cash equivalent. The Purchaser may give
written notice to the Transferor revoking an election to purchase the Subject
Units within 10 days after determination of the appraised value, if it chooses
not to purchase the Subject Units.

                  (vi) Appraisal Procedure. If any party shall initiate an
appraisal procedure to determine the amount of the cash equivalent of any
consideration for a Subject Units under Section 2.6(b)(v), then the Transferor,
on the one hand, and the Purchaser, on the other hand, shall each promptly, but
in no event later than 10 days following written notice of such appraisal
procedure pursuant to Section 2.6(b)(v), appoint as an appraiser an individual
who shall be a member of a nationally-recognized investment banking firm. Each
appraiser shall, within 30 days of appointment, separately investigate the value
of the consideration for the Subject Units as of the proposed transfer date and
shall submit a notice of an appraisal of that value to each party. Each
appraiser shall be instructed to determine such value without regard to income
tax consequences to the Transferor as a result of receiving cash rather than
other consideration. If the appraised values of such consideration (the "Earlier
Appraisals") vary by less than 10%, the average of the two appraisals shall be
controlling as the amount of the cash equivalent. If the appraised values vary
by more than 10%, the appraisers, within 10 days of the submission of the last
appraisal, shall appoint a third appraiser who shall be a member of a nationally
recognized investment banking firm. The third appraiser shall, within 30 days of
his appointment, appraise the 


                                       13
<PAGE>

value of the consideration for the Subject Units (without regard to the income
tax consequences to the Transferor as a result of receiving cash rather than
other consideration) as of the proposed transfer date and submit notice of his
appraisal to each party. The value determined by the third appraiser shall be
controlling as the amount of the cash equivalent unless the value is greater
than the two Earlier Appraisals, in which case the higher of the two Earlier
Appraisals will control, and unless that value is lower than the two Earlier
Appraisals, in which case the lower of the two Earlier Appraisals will control.
If any party fails to appoint an appraiser or if one of the two initial
appraisers fails after appointment to submit his appraisal within the required
period, the appraisal submitted by the remaining appraiser shall be controlling.
The cost of the foregoing appraisals shall be shared one-half by the Transferor
and one-half by the Purchaser.

                  (vii) Closing of Purchase. The closing of the purchase shall
take place at the office of the Company or such other location as shall be
mutually agreeable and the purchase price, in cash, shall be paid at the
closing. At the closing, the Transferor shall deliver to the Purchaser or
Purchasers documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser or Purchasers
evidencing the transfer of ownership of the Subject Units from the Transferor to
the Purchaser or Purchasers.

                  (c) Right of Co-Sale. In the event Meckler intends to Transfer
(i) all or part of his equity interest in the Company pursuant to an offering
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act")
or (ii) at least 30% of his Units in any other transaction, other than to a
Permitted Transferee, Meckler shall notify each other Member, in writing, of
such Transfer and its terms and conditions. Within twenty (20) days of the date
of such notice, each Member shall notify Meckler if it elects to participate in
such Transfer. Each Member that so notifies Meckler shall have the right to
sell, at the same price and on the same terms as Meckler, a percentage of such
Member's Units equal to the percentage of Meckler's Units that the third party
actually proposes to purchase. For purposes of this Section 2.6(c) only, the
term "Meckler" shall include Meckler and/or his Permitted Transferees or
Affiliates and/or their Permitted Transferees or Affiliates, as the case may be,
and the term "Member" shall not include Meckler or his Affiliates.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.6(c) shall not apply to any
Management Interest of the Management Members until such time as the Management
Members are deemed to own Incentive Units equal to 4% (as adjusted under Section
3.2) of the total Units outstanding pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Agreement.


                                       14
<PAGE>

                  (d) Drag Along Right. (i) Subject to Section 2.6(b), if, at
any time and from time to time after the date of this Agreement, Meckler wishes
to Transfer in a bona fide arms' length sale (for purposes of this Section
2.6(d), the "Proposed Transfer") 30% or more of his Units to any Person or
Persons who are not Affiliates of Meckler (for purposes of this Section 2.6(d),
the "Proposed Transferee"), Meckler shall have the right (for purposes of this
Section 2.6(d), the "Drag-Along Right") to require each Member to sell to the
Proposed Transferee all or a ratable portion of each such Member's Units, as the
case may be, (for the same proportional consideration received by Meckler,
taking into account all consideration received by Meckler under related
agreements) then owned by such Member. Each Member agrees to take all steps
necessary to enable him or it to comply with the provisions of this Section
2.6(d). For purposes of this Section 2.6(d) only, the term "Meckler" shall
include Meckler and/or his Permitted Transferees or Affiliates and/or their
Permitted Transferees or Affiliates, as the case may be, and the term "Member"
shall not include Meckler or his Affiliates, but only to the extent that Meckler
or his Affiliates do not participate in the Proposed Transfer. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, this Section 2.6(d) shall not apply to any Management Interest of
the Management Members until such time as the Management Members are deemed to
own Incentive Units equal to 4% (as adjusted under Section 3.2) of the total
Units outstanding pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Agreement.

                  (ii) To exercise a Drag-Along Right, Meckler shall comply with
Section 2.6(b) and, if the Other Members do not exercise their rights
thereunder, give each Member a written notice (for purposes of this Section
2.6(d), a "Drag-Along Notice") containing (i) the name and address of the
Proposed Transferee and (ii) the proposed purchase price, terms of payment and
other material terms and conditions of the Proposed Transferee's offer. Subject
to Section 2.6(b), each Member shall thereafter be obligated to sell its Units
subject to such Drag-Along Notice, provided, that the sale to the Proposed
Transferee is consummated within ninety (90) days of delivery of the Drag-Along
Notice. If the sale is not consummated within such 90-day period, then each
Member shall no longer be obligated to sell such Member's shares pursuant to
that specific Drag-Along Right but shall remain subject to the provisions of
this Section 2.6(d).

                  (iii) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section
2.6(d), in the event that all or a portion of the purchase price consists of
securities and the sale of such securities to the Members would require either a
registration under the Securities Act or the preparation of a disclosure
document pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act (or 


                                       15
<PAGE>

any successor regulation) or a similar provision of any state securities law,
then, at the Managing Member's option, the Members may receive, in lieu of such
securities, the fair market value of such securities in cash, as determined in
good faith by the Board.

            Section 2.7 Management Incentive Units. The Managing Member may
authorize Units for grant or sale to key employees of the Company other than
Meckler (the "Incentive Units"), in such amounts, with such terms and
conditions, and in such manner -- including incentive and non-qualified Unit
options, restricted Unit grants, Unit bonuses or other option or incentive
programs -- as the Managing Member shall determine from time to time; provided,
however, that in no event shall the number of outstanding Incentive Units exceed
49.3343219; and provided, further, that it shall be a condition to the issuance
of any Incentive Units that the employee or other recipient, as the case may be,
execute and deliver to the Company and each party hereto a counterpart of this
Agreement. Upon such execution and delivery, Exhibit A hereto shall be deemed to
be amended to include the name of such employee or other recipient, as the case
may be, and such employee or other recipient, as the case may be, shall be
deemed to be a Member for all purposes hereof. In the event a Member ceases to
own beneficially Incentive Units, such Member shall no longer be deemed a Member
for any purpose hereunder. The Ownership Percentage of each Member shall be
diluted proportionally by the issuance of any additional Units pursuant to this
Section 2.7.

            Section 2.8 Call Option on Management Interests. In the event that
the Company does not undergo a Change in Control or an Initial Public Offering
by March 25, 2004, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to
purchase any or all of the Management Interests from one or more Management
Members for $100 per Management Point, or fraction thereof.

                                  ARTICLE III.

                                   Management

            Section 3.1. Management by the Members.

                  (a) General Provisions. The management of the Company shall be
vested in the Managing Member. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,
the Managing Member shall have all authority, rights and powers in the
management of the Company business to do any and all acts and things necessary,
proper, appropriate, advisable, incidental or convenient to effectuate the
purposes of this Agreement. Any action taken by the Managing Member on behalf of
the Company in accordance with 


                                       16
<PAGE>

the foregoing provisions shall constitute the act of and shall serve to bind the
Company.

                  (b) Board. (i) Certain actions by the Company, as further set
forth herein, shall be taken by the Company only upon approval by the Managing
Board (the "Board"), which shall be composed of three persons, consisting of (A)
two Persons (one of whom may be Meckler, and neither of whom need be Members)
designated by Meckler and (B) one Person (who need not be a Member) designated
by Internet World (collectively, "Board Members"). Each of Meckler and Internet
World shall reserve the right to remove and replace at any time any Board Member
that they have designated to sit on the Board pursuant to this Section
3.1(b)(i).

                  (ii) Meetings of the Board shall be held either within or
without the State of Delaware at such times and locations as may be determined
by the Managing Member. Notice of each meeting shall be given by the Managing
Member to each Board Member and shall state the place, date and time of the
meeting. Notice of such meeting shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each Board
Member addressed to him at his address or usual place of business by first class
mail, at least two (2) days before the day on which such meeting is to be held,
or shall be sent addressed to such Board Member at such place by facsimile,
overnight courier, telex, or be delivered to him personally or by telephone, at
least twenty-four (24) hours before the time at which such meeting is to be
held.

                  (iii) A majority of the Board Members shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall not be present at any
meeting of the Board, the Board Members present thereat may adjourn the meeting
to another time and place. Notice of such time and place of the adjourned
meeting shall be given to all of the Board Members unless such time and place
were announced at the meeting at which the adjournment was taken, in which case
such notice shall only be given to the Board Members who were not present
thereat. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business
may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
called. Wherever approval by the Board is required by this Agreement, such
approval shall, except as otherwise set forth herein, consist of the affirmative
vote of a majority of the Board Members.

                  (iv) (A) Any action required or permitted to be taken by the
Board may be taken without a meeting if all the Board Members consent in
writing, and (B) one or more Board Members may participate in any meeting of the
Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by
means 


                                       17
<PAGE>

of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such
participation in the meeting pursuant to this Section 3.1(b)(iv)(B) shall
constitute presence in person at the meeting.

                  (c) Delegation of Powers. The Managing Member may by
instrument in writing delegate its powers, but not its responsibilities, to
officers or agents or employees of the Company or of any Member or to any other
Person; provided, however, that no Person shall be entitled to rely on such
delegation unless presented with a copy of such written instrument.

                  (d) Bank Accounts. The Managing Member shall cause the Company
to open and maintain bank accounts, and all funds of every kind and nature
received by the Company shall be deposited in such accounts. Signatories for
such accounts shall be authorized from time to time by the Managing Member.

            Section 3.2. Admission of New Members; Sale of Additional Units.

                  (a) Subject to Section 3.2(b), the Company may sell additional
Units on such terms and conditions as the Board shall from time to time
determine. The Ownership Percentage of each Member shall be diluted
proportionally by the issuance of any additional Units. All persons to whom
additional Units are sold shall be admitted as Members. In the event of the
admission of new or additional Members, Exhibits A and B hereto shall be amended
accordingly.

                  (b) In the event that the Company determines to issue any
Units, other than (i) pursuant to Section 2.7, (ii) the issuance of additional
Units and admittance of additional Members in connection with any acquisition,
merger, reorganization or other business combination by or involving the Company
or (iii) in connection with an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall first
offer to each Member the right to subscribe for a portion of such Units in an
amount equal to the product of (i) the total number of Units to be issued by the
Company pursuant to this Section 3.2(b) and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the number of Units held by such Member prior to such issuance, and the
denominator of which is the total number of Units held prior to such issuance by
all Members other than Members that acquired their interest pursuant to Section
2.7. For a period of 30 days after such offer, each Member shall have the right,
but not the obligation, to acquire such Units. After the expiration of such 30
day period, the Company shall have the right, during the 90 days after the
expiration of the 30 day period, to sell the unsubscribed portion of such Units
to any third party on terms 


                                       18
<PAGE>

(including payment terms) not less favorable to the Company than those on which
the Units were offered to the Members. If the Company is able to sell the
unsubscribed Units to third parties, or if all of the offered Units are
subscribed by Members, then each subscribing Member shall be obligated to, and
shall, purchase its subscribed portion of the offered Units. If the Company is
not able to sell the unsubscribed Units to third parties, or if all of the
offered Units are not subscribed by Members, respectively, then each subscribing
Member shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase its subscribed
portion of the offered Units on the terms of its subscription.

                  (c) Internet World may exercise its rights under the Warrant
Agreement dated November 24, 1998 by and among Internet World, Meckler and the
Company (the "Warrant Agreement"). Section 3.2(b) shall not apply to any
interest acquired by Internet World pursuant to the Warrant Agreement.

            Section 3.3. Indemnification. Any Person made, or threatened to be
made, a party to any action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such Person is or
was (i) a Member, or (ii) an employee, officer, director, shareholder or partner
of a Member, or (iii) such other persons (including employees of the Company) as
the Board may designate from time to time, in its sole and absolute discretion
(collectively, the "Indemnified Persons"), shall be indemnified by the Company
for any losses or damage sustained with respect to such action or proceeding,
and the Company shall advance such Indemnified Person's reasonable related
expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Company shall have the
power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the Indemnified Persons
against any liability asserted against or incurred by them. The duty of the
Company to indemnify the Indemnified Persons under this Section 3.3 shall not
extend to actions or omissions of any Indemnified Person which are grossly
negligent or which involve fraud, misrepresentation, bad faith, or other willful
misconduct by such Indemnified Person or which are in material breach or
violation by such Indemnified Person of this Agreement, in each case as
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. No Indemnified Person shall be
liable to the Company or any other Member for actions taken in good faith. The
Company may indemnify other Persons of the Company. The duty of the Company to
indemnify the Indemnified Persons under this Section 3.3 shall be limited to the
assets of the Company, and no recourse shall be available against any Member for
satisfaction of such indemnification obligations of the Company.


                                       19
<PAGE>

            Section 3.4. Management Members Rights. Management Members shall
have no rights as a Member except as specifically set forth in this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IV.

                     Books; Elections; Budgets; Fiscal Year

            Section 4.1. Administrative Services, Books, Records and Reports.
(a) The Managing Member shall cause to be performed all general and
administrative services on behalf of the Company in order to assure that
complete and accurate books and records of the Company are maintained at the
Company's principal place of business showing the names, addresses and number of
Units of each of the Members, all receipts and expenditures, assets and
liabilities, profits and losses, and all other records necessary for recording
the Company's business and affairs, including a capital account for each Member
(a "Capital Account").

            (b) As of the date of this Agreement, Exhibit A sets forth the
agreed Capital Account balances of each Member, which balances reflect the sum
of the initial Capital Account balances of each Member and, in the case of any
Member of the Company immediately prior to the date of this Agreement, the
interim Net Profits and Losses of the Company allocable to such Member pursuant
to Section 2.4 hereof, as adjusted by the "book up" of the assets of the Company
pursuant to Section 2.2(c) hereof, since November 24, 1998. The initial Capital
Account of the Management Members in respect of their Management Interests as of
the date of this Agreement shall be zero.

            (c) Each Member's Capital Account shall be increased by:

                  (i) the amount of any money contributed by the Member to the
            Company;

                  (ii) the fair market value of any property contributed by the
            Member to the Company;

                  (iii) the amount of Net Profits allocated to the Member; and

                  (iv) the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such
            Member (or taken subject to) if property is distributed to the
            Member by the Company;

and shall be decreased by:

                  (v) the amount of any money distributed to the Member by the
            Company;


                                       20
<PAGE>

                  (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the
            Member by the Company;

                  (vii) the amount of Net Losses allocated to the Member; and

                  (viii) the amount of any Member liabilities assumed by the
            Company (or taken subject to) if property is contributed to the
            Company by the Member.

            (d) Upon the exercise of the Warrant by Internet World, in the event
that the amount of Net Profits from Capital Transactions allocated to Internet
World pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(iii) for the Fiscal Year of such exercise is
insufficient to cause the Capital Account balance of Internet World to bear the
same proportion to the Capital Account balances of all Members other than the
Capital Account balances of the Management Members in respect of their
Management Interests (taking into account the amount contributed to the Company
by Internet World pursuant to such exercise and all amounts allocated pursuant
to Section 2.4(b)(iii)) as the number of Units held by Internet World
immediately after such exercise bears to the total number of Units other than
Incentive Units immediately after such exercise, then the Capital Account
balance of Internet World shall be increased by the amount necessary to achieve
such result, and the Capital Account balances of all other Members other than
the Capital Account balances of the Management Members in respect of their
Management Interests shall be reduced in the aggregate by an equal amount, in
proportion to their respective Capital Account balances.

            (e) The Capital Accounts shall be adjusted by all other adjustments
required by Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The foregoing provisions
and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of
Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations under Section
704(b) of the Code and, to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of
this Agreement, shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with
such Regulations.

            Section 4.2. Federal Income Tax Elections; Method of Depreciation.
The Managing Member shall determine the method of depreciation to be utilized by
the Company for tax purposes and all elections to be made by the Company for tax
purposes. The Managing Member shall be the "tax matters partner" for all
purposes of the Code but shall have no authority to bind any other Member
without such Member's consent.

            Section 4.3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company (the
"Fiscal Year") shall end on December 31.


                                       21
<PAGE>

            Section 4.4. Section 83(b) Election. The Members acknowledge that
each Management Member intends to make a protective election under Section 83(b)
of the Code with respect to the receipt of a Management Interest on the date of
this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE V.

                            Employment of Affiliates

            Section 5.1. Parties Employed. Subject to the approval of the Board
by unanimous consent, the Company may contract for services to be performed for
the Company by Members or Affiliates of any Member; provided, however, that no
Board approval shall be required for the employment by the Company of Meckler,
Christopher S. Cardell or any employee of the Company who becomes a Member as a
result of the receipt of Units by such employee pursuant to Section 2.7. In the
case of the employment of a Member or of Affiliates of a Member, the
compensation to be paid by the Company to such Member or Affiliates shall be not
greater than the compensation generally paid to third parties for comparable
services in comparable locations. Each of the Services Agreement and the
Trademark Licensing Agreement between Internet World and the Company is by
execution of this Agreement deemed to be approved by the Board.

                                   ARTICLE VI.

                                  Distributions

            Section 6.1. Distributions. Subject to the provisions of Article
VII, distributions shall be made at such time and in such amounts as determined
by the Board and shall be made among the Members in cash and in proportion to
the relative number of Units held by each Member.

            Section 6.2. Restoration of Funds. Except as otherwise provided by
law, no Member shall be required to restore to the Company any funds properly
distributed to it pursuant to Section 6.1.

            Section 6.3. Special Tax Distributions. Notwithstanding the
provisions of Section 6.1 above, if the Company has net taxable income for
federal income tax purposes for any taxable year of the Company, then the
Company shall first distribute at least an amount of cash (a "Tax Distribution")
to each Member which, when combined with all other distributions to such Member
in the current and all preceding taxable years of the Company, equals the
product of (A) the highest combined federal, 


                                       22
<PAGE>

state and local marginal income tax rate hypothetically applicable to any Member
and (B) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate net taxable income allocated to
such Member under this Agreement in the current and all preceding taxable years
of the Company over (ii) the aggregate net taxable loss allocated to such Member
under this Agreement in all preceding taxable years of the Company.

                                  ARTICLE VII.

                           Dissolution and Liquidation

            Section 7.1. Dissolution.

                  (a) Except as otherwise required by the Act, the Company shall
have perpetual existence unless the Board shall by unanimous written consent
elect to dissolve the Company or there is an entry of a decree of judicial
dissolution of the LLC under Section 18-802 of the Act.

                  (b) The death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy
or dissolution of any Member or the occurrence of any other event that
terminates the continued membership of any Member in the Company shall not, in
and of itself, cause dissolution of the Company.

            Section 7.2. Winding up Affairs and Distribution of Assets.

                  (a) Upon a winding up of the Company, the Managing Member
shall be the liquidating Member (the "Liquidating Member") and shall proceed to
wind up the affairs of the Company, liquidate the remaining property and assets
of the Company and wind-up and terminate the business of the Company. The
Liquidating Member shall cause a full accounting of the assets and liabilities
of the Company to be taken and shall cause the assets to be liquidated and the
business to be wound up as promptly as possible by either or both of the
following methods: (1) selling the Company assets and distributing the net
proceeds therefrom (after the payment of Company liabilities) to each Member in
satisfaction of its Capital Account; or (2) distributing the Company assets to
the Members in kind and debiting the Capital Account of each Member with the
fair market value of such assets, each Member accepting an undivided interest in
the partnership assets (subject to their liabilities) in proportion to and to
the extent of each Member's positive Capital Account balance after allocating
and crediting to the Capital Accounts the unrealized gain or loss to the Members
as if such 


                                       23
<PAGE>

gain or loss had been recognized and allocated pursuant to Section 2.4.

                  (b) If the Company shall employ method (1) as set forth in
Section 7.2(a) in whole or part as a means of liquidation, then the proceeds of
such liquidation shall be applied in the following order of priority: (i) first,
to the expenses of such liquidation; (ii) second, to the debts and liabilities
of the Company to third parties, if any, in the order of priority provided by
law; (iii) third, a reasonable reserve shall be set up to provide for any
contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Company to third
parties (to be held and disbursed, at the discretion of the Liquidating Member,
by an escrow agent selected by the Liquidating Member) and at the expiration of
such period as the Liquidating Member may deem advisable, the balance remaining
in such reserve shall be distributed as provided herein; (iv) fourth, to debts
of the Company to the Members or their Affiliates and any fees and
reimbursements payable under this Agreement; and (v) fifth, to the Members in
proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances determined
after all allocations of Net Profit and Net Loss have been made.

                  (c) In connection with the liquidation of the Company, the
Members severally, jointly, or in any combination upon which they may agree,
shall have the first opportunity to make bids or tenders for all or any portion
of the assets of the Company, and such assets shall not be sold to an outsider
except only for a price higher than the highest and best bid of a single Member,
the Members jointly, or a combination of Members. Any bid made by a Member or
Members for all or any portion of the assets shall be made, if at all, within
thirty (30) days after the Liquidating Member or any other Member shall have
requested such bids. A copy of each bid shall be delivered by the Liquidating
Member to each Member. Unless otherwise agreed by all Members, no Member shall
be entitled to raise its bid after submission thereof, whether in response to a
bid received by the Company from any other Member or third party, or otherwise.

                                  ARTICLE VIII.

                                  Miscellaneous

            Section 8.1. Notices.

                  (a) All Notices, consents, approvals, reports, designations,
requests, waivers, elections and other communications (collectively, "Notices")
authorized or required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in
writing


                                       24
<PAGE>

and either personally delivered to the Member to whom it is given or delivered
by an established delivery service by which receipts are given or mailed by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent by telex or telegram or
electronic telecopier, addressed to the Member at its address listed on Exhibit
B or C hereto.

                  (b) All Notices shall be deemed given when delivered or, if
mailed as provided in Section 8.1(a), on the third (3rd) day after the day of
mailing, and if sent by telex or telegram or telecopier or overnight delivery
service, twenty-four (24) hours after the time of dispatch. Any Member may
change its address for the receipt of Notices at any time by giving Notice
thereof to all of the other Members, in which event Exhibit B hereto shall be
amended accordingly. Notwithstanding the requirement in Section 8.1(a) as to the
use of registered or certified mail, any routine reports required by this
Agreement to be submitted to Members at specified times may be sent by
first-class mail.

            Section 8.2. Certificate Requirements. From time to time the Members
shall sign and acknowledge all such writings as are required to amend the
Certificate or for the carrying out of the terms of this Agreement or, upon
dissolution of the Company, to cancel such Certificate.

            Section 8.3. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the
agreements listed in Section 5.1, supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings among the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof.

            Section 8.4. Modification. No change or modification of this
Agreement shall be of any force unless such change or modification is in writing
and has been signed by at least 85% of the Members; provided, that if such
change or modification would not have a material adverse effect on the rights or
obligations of another Member, such change or modification may be made by the
Board without the approval of other Members, and provided further, that Members
who became Members as the result of the grant or sale of Incentive Units
pursuant to Section 2.7 shall not be deemed Members for purposes of this Section
8.4.

            Section 8.5. Waivers. No waiver of any breach of any of the terms of
this Agreement shall be effective unless such waiver is in writing and signed by
the Member against whom such waiver is claimed. No waiver of any breach shall be
deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

            Section 8.6. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall
be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, 


                                       25
<PAGE>

the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not
in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

            Section 8.7. Further Assurances. Each Member shall execute such
deeds, assignments, endorsements, evidences of Transfer and other instruments
and documents and shall give such further assurances as shall be necessary to
perform its obligations hereunder.

            Section 8.8. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

            Section 8.9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

            Section 8.10. Limitation on Rights of Others. No Person other than a
Member shall have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in
respect of this Agreement.

            Section 8.11. Brokers and Finders. Each Member shall indemnify and
hold all of the other Members and the Company harmless from and against any
commission, fee or other payment due any broker, finder or other Person in
connection with such Member's decision to invest in the Company.

            Section 8.12. Number and Gender. As used in this Agreement, all
pronouns and any variation thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine,
feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the Person or Persons
may require.

            Section 8.13. Fiduciaries. Whenever any trust or estate is acting as
a Member under this Agreement, any obligation or liability created hereunder
shall bind only the assets of such trust or estate. No such obligation or
liability shall be personally binding upon, nor shall resort be had to, nor
recourse or satisfaction sought from, any individual or entity, or the property
of any individual or entity, at any time acting as a fiduciary of any such trust
or estate, whether the claim giving rise to such obligation or liability is
based on contract, tort or otherwise.

            Section 8.14. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.

            Section 8.15. Securities Laws. All offerings and Transfers of Units
shall be made in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws.
Each Member indemnifies the 


                                       26
<PAGE>

other Members and the Company for any loss, cost, liability or damage arising
from its breach of the foregoing sentence.

            Section 8.16. Attorneys' Fees. In the event of any litigation or
arbitration regarding the rights and obligations under this Agreement, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees and
court costs in addition to any other relief which may be granted. The
"prevailing party" shall mean the party who receives substantially the relief
desired, whether by settlement, dismissal, summary judgment, judgment or
otherwise.

            Section 8.17. Waiver of Partition. Each Member hereby waives its
right to bring an action for partition of any of the property owned by the
Company.

            Section 8.18. Authorized Persons. Each Member is hereby designated
as an authorized person to sign the Company's Certificate of Formation and any
other documents that are appropriate and necessary to effectuate the purpose of
this Agreement.


                                       27
<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Members have duly executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

                                       ALAN M. MECKLER

                                       /s/ Alan M. Meckler
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       INTERNET WORLD MEDIA, INC.

                                       By:      /s/ Thomas L. Kemp
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name:  Thomas L. Kemp
                                          Title: President


                                       NAOMI A. MECKLER TRUST, DATED NOVEMBER
                                       6, 1993

                                       By: /s/ Alan M. Meckler
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Alan M. Meckler, as Trustee


                                       CATHERINE S. MECKLER TRUST, DATED
                                       NOVEMBER 6, 1993

                                       By: /s/ Alan M. Meckler
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Alan M. Meckler, as Trustee


                                       CAROLINE J. MECKLER TRUST, DATED
                                       NOVEMBER 6, 1993

                                       By: /s/ Alan M. Meckler
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Alan M. Meckler, as Trustee


                                       JOHN M. MECKLER TRUST, DATED NOVEMBER
                                       6, 1993

                                       By: /s/ Alan M. Meckler
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Alan M. Meckler, as Trustee

                                       28
<PAGE>

                                       NEW RIVER CAPITAL PARTNERS

                                       By:  /s/ Thomas Byrne
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name:  Thomas Byrne
                                          Title: President


                                       David M. Arganbright

                                          /s/ David M. Arganbright
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       Christopher J. Baudouin

                                          /s/ Christopher J. Baudouin
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       Mark J. Berns

                                          /s/ Mark J. Berns
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       Christopher S. Cardell

                                          /s/ Christopher S. Cardell
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       William Scott Clark

                                          /s/ William Scott Clark
                                       -----------------------------------------

                                       H. Donald Cohen

                                          /s/ H. Donald Cohen
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       29
<PAGE>

                                       Mitchell S. Eisenberg

                                          /s/ Mitchell S. Eisenberg
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       Christopher S. Elwell

                                          /s/ Christopher S. Elwell
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       David Fiedler

                                          /s/ David Fiedler
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       Marie Mulholland Flatness

                                          /s/ Marie Mulholland Flatness
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       Robert Stephen Harmon


                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       Peter Hegedus

                                          /s/ Peter Hegedus
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       Carol M. Jurgensen

                                          /s/ Carol M. Jurgensen
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       Susan E. Kotulsky


                                       30
<PAGE>

                                          /s/ Susan E. Kotulsky
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       Susan F. Leiterstein

                                          /s/ Susan F. Leiterstein
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       James S. Mulholland III

                                          /s/ James S. Mulholland III
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       William A. Shutzer

                                         /s/ William A. Shutzer
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       Augustine Venditto

                                          /s/ Augustine Venditto
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       31
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBITS

The exhibits to this Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company
Agreement of internet.com LLC are not being filed herewith. The Registrant
undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit to the
Commission upon request. Set forth below is a list of the omitted exhibits.

Exhibit A        Capital Contributions

Exhibit B        Members' Addresses

Exhibit C        Allocation of Management Interests


<PAGE>


                                                               Exhibit 10.03


                              SERVICES AGREEMENT

            This SERVICES AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated November 24, 1998
(the "Effective Date"), by and among Penton Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Penton"), Internet World Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
and internet.com LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("internet.com").

            WHEREAS, internet.com was formerly a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company;

            WHEREAS, in connection with the acquisition of the Company by
Penton, Alan M. Meckler, an individual, purchased an 80.1% interest in
internet.com from the Company and the Company retained a 19.9% interest in
internet.com;

            WHEREAS, internet.com's business consists of a network of Internet
web sites that contains the latest news and resources for the Internet industry,
directories of Internet products and services, back issues of the Company's
print publications and information about the Company's Internet World and ISPCON
trade shows and conferences (the "Business");

            WHEREAS, prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, the Company
provided to internet.com, and internet.com provided to the Company, certain
services on a barter basis;

            WHEREAS, Penton and the Company desire to acquire from internet.com,
and internet.com desires to acquire from Penton and the Company, the services
set forth on the Schedules attached to this Agreement, pursuant to the terms and
conditions provided herein and for no other purposes.

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained
herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.

            Section 1. Services. Beginning on the Effective Date, (a) Penton and
the Company will provide to internet.com the services set forth on Schedule A
hereto and (b) internet.com will provide to Penton and the Company the services
set forth on Schedule B hereto (in each case, the "Services"). The provision of
Services to each party will be in a manner consistent with the Company's and
internet.com's past practices, except as otherwise provided in the Schedules
hereto.

            Section 2. Charges for Services. Except as set forth in the
Schedules hereto, each party will provide the Services without charge and in
consideration for the Services to be provided to such party by the other parties
hereto.


<PAGE>

            Section 3. Term of Agreement. (a) This Agreement will commence on
the Effective Date and will continue in full force and effect for a period of
three (3) years from the Effective Date. This Agreement shall automatically
renew for three-year terms unless terminated by Penton or the Company, on the
one hand, or internet.com, on the other hand, in either case upon at least six
months prior written notice to the other parties.

            (b) If majority ownership, or effective control, of internet.com is
transferred to an unrelated third party without Penton's prior written consent,
and internet.com terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof,
internet.com will pay Penton a fee of $20 million.

            Section 4. Limitation of Liability. Except for willful misconduct or
gross negligence, in no event will any party be liable to any other party for
any damage, cost, claim of any nature whatsoever, including, without limitation,
any lost profits, collateral, consequential, incidental, special or indirect
damages, costs or claims arising out of or relating to the provision by such
party of any Services to the other party.

            Section 5. Relationship of Parties. Except as specifically provided
herein, none of the parties shall act or represent or hold itself out as having
authority to act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind
or commit the other party to any obligations. Any such act will create a
separate liability in the party so acting to any and all third parties affected
thereby. The rights, duties, obligations and liabilities of the parties shall be
several and not joint or collective, and nothing contained in this Agreement
shall be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or
other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only
for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

            Section 6. Remedies; Expenses of Enforcement. Each party will be
entitled to all remedies available at law or in equity for the enforcement of
this Agreement. In any action brought to enforce or contest any provision of
this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover all resulting
costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees.

            Section 7. Complete Agreement. This Agreement, the Trademark
Co-License Agreement and the Copyright Co-License Agreement, each dated the date
hereof, between the Company and internet.com, and all Schedules attached hereto
and thereto and incorporated herein and therein by this reference contain the
entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof and supersede any previous understandings or agreements, whether written
or oral, in respect of such subject matter. There are no understandings,
representations or warranties of any kind with respect to the Services.

            Section 8. Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the parties; provided,
however, that no party may assign, transfer, encumber or grant to any third
party a security interest in this Agreement or in any of its rights, duties or
obligations hereunder, by operation of law or otherwise, without the 


                                       2
<PAGE>

prior written consent of the other parties, such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld. Any assignment which does not comply with this Section 8 shall be void
and of no legal effect.

            Section 9. Amendment; Waiver. No change to this Agreement will be
valid unless in writing signed by an authorized representative of the parties
hereto. The failure of any party to enforce any provision of this Agreement
shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision or the right of such
party thereafter to enforce such provision or any other provision of this
Agreement.

            Section 10. Severability. The illegality, invalidity or
unenforceability of any part of this Agreement shall not affect the legality,
validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement. If any part of
this Agreement shall be found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, then this
Agreement shall be given such meaning as would make this Agreement legal, valid
and enforceable in order to give effect to the intent of the parties.

            Section 11. Notices. All notices, requests, demands, claims and
other communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand,
claim, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given if it is sent
by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and
addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

            If to Penton:           Penton Media Inc.
                                    1100 Superior Avenue
                                    Cleveland, Ohio  44114
                                    Attn:  Thomas L. Kemp

            If to the Company:      Internet World Media Inc.
                                    20 Ketchum Street
                                    Wesport, Connecticut 06880
                                    Attn:  David Nussbaum

            If to internet.com:     internet.com LLC
                                    20 Ketchum Street
                                    Westport, Connecticut 06880
                                    Attn:  President

            Any party may send any notice, request, demand, claim, or other
communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the address set forth above
using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger
service, telecopy, telex, ordinary mail, or electronic mail), but no such
notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication shall be deemed to have
been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the intended
recipient. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands,
claims, and other 


                                       3
<PAGE>

communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other party notice in
the manner herein set forth.

            Section 12. Governing Law. This Agreement and all disputes arising
under this Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with,
the internal laws (and not the law of conflicts) of the State of New York.

            Section 13. Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be considered a part of or affect the
construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

            Section 14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


                                       4
<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.


                                    PENTON MEDIA, INC.

                                    By:  /s/ Joseph NeCastro
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Name: Joseph NeCastro
                                       Title:  Chief Financial Officer


                                    INTERNET WORLD MEDIA, INC.

                                    By:  /s/  Joseph NeCastro
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Joseph NeCastro
                                       Title:  Chief Financial Officer


                                    Internet.com LLC

                                    By:  /s/  Alan M. Meckler
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Alan M. Meckler
                                       Title:  Chairman and Chief Executive 
                                               Officer


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                  Schedule A

o     The Company will grant internet.com a royalty-free license to use certain
      intellectual property of the Company pursuant to the terms and provisions
      of the form of the Trademark Co-License Agreement, attached hereto as
      Annex A, and the Copyright Co-License Agreement, attached hereto as Annex
      B (the "License Agreements").

o     internet.com will receive one full-page advertisement at no charge in each
      issue of Internet World and Boardwatch.

o     The Company will continue to print the sidebar entitled "Online Resources"
      in each issue of Internet World and Boardwatch.

o     internet.com will be listed on all promotional literature as the only
      "Sponsoring Web Site" of the Company's trade shows.

o     The Company will provide internet.com at no charge with 400 square feet of
      exhibit space at each of the Company's United States and Canadian trade
      shows.

o     internet.com may purchase up to 400 square feet of exhibit space at each
      of the Company's trade shows outside of the United States and Canada at a
      50% discount from the then current prices for repeat exhibitors.

o     The Company will provide internet.com with 200 square feet of sales office
      space at each of the Company's trade shows in addition to any exhibit
      space internet.com may have at such trade show.

o     The Company will provide internet.com with 10 passes to each of the
      Company's conferences and trade shows.

o     The Company will provide internet.com at no charge with prominent hanging
      banners at each of the Company's United States and Canadian trade shows
      with sizes and quantities to be mutually agreed upon. internet.com will
      pay the costs of hanging and removing such banners.

o     internet.com may purchase one prominent hanging banner at each of the
      Company's trade shows outside of the United States and Canada at a 50%
      discount from the then current prices for repeat exhibitors.

o     internet.com will be listed prominently as a sponsor to appropriate
      conference tracks for each of the Company's trade United States and
      Canadian shows.

o     internet.com may rent the Company's mailing lists at a run cost plus 20%.


                                      A-1
<PAGE>

o     internet.com may purchase (i) additional advertisement space in the
      Company's publications on a cost basis and (ii) additional exhibit space
      at the Company's other trade shows on a negotiated discount basis.

o     The Company will provide to internet.com the services of at least two
      individuals to perform editorial/design work on internet.com's network of
      Internet web sites with respect to the Company's content contained on such
      site. These individuals may either be employees of the Company or, at the
      Company's expense, internet.com.

o     Penton will obtain, or will cause internet.com to obtain, a line of credit
      in an amount not to exceed $6 million, which line of credit shall be
      guaranteed severally 30% by Penton and 70% by Alan M. Meckler.

o     The Company will remit to internet.com, within five business days of
      receipt, amounts received from accounts receivable owed to iWorld
      Corporation (whether in the name of Mecklermedia Corporation, iWorld
      Corporation or otherwise) but paid to the Company on its behalf.

o     The Company and internet.com will agree on an allocation of the media
      credits to be obtained by the Company upon settlement of certain
      litigation with McGraw-Hill, such settlement to be on the terms that the
      Company and internet.com mutually agree.


                                      A-2
<PAGE>

                                   Schedule B

o     internet.com will grant the Company a royalty-free license to use certain
      intellectual property of internet.com pursuant to the terms and provisions
      of the License Agreements.

o     internet.com will continue to include on its Internet web site, in
      accordance with the License Agreements, back issues of the Company's print
      publications and information (including, without limitation, promotional
      and registration information) about the Company's Internet World and
      ISPCON trade shows and conferences including other potential new launches
      directly related to the Internet industry. The form in which this content
      is used will be minimally no different than as currently used in the
      Business, as pictured on the Annexes hereto.

o     internet.com will provide to the Company advertisement banners on
      internet.com's Internet web site that are similar in nature to those
      currently in use, as pictured on the Annexes hereto. internet.com will
      provide a minimum of 2.3 million advertisement banners per month.

o     Penton or the Company may purchase additional advertisement impressions on
      internet.com's web site for Penton's or the Company's other publications
      and trade shows on a negotiated discount basis.

o     internet.com will reimburse the Company for its use of the Company's
      facilities, including reasonable rent payments not to exceed the occupancy
      cost per square foot actually paid by the Company to any third party.

o     internet.com will reimburse the Company out of the credit line made
      available to internet.com for any amounts paid for the acquisitions of
      justsmil.com and isp.com.

o     Earn out payments paid in connection with the acquisitions of
      isp-marketing.com and jumbo.com will be obligations of internet.com and
      not the Company or any successor to the Company and will not be paid until
      after the effective time of the acquisition of the Company by Penton, and
      internet.com will indemnify the Company for any earn out payments that the
      Company makes in connection with such acquisitions.

o     The payment of $1.05 million 12 months after the acquisition of jumbo.com
      will be the obligation of internet.com and not the Company or any
      successor to the Company and will not be paid until after the effective
      time of the acquisition of the Company by Penton, and internet.com will
      indemnify the Company for any amounts paid by the Company with respect to
      such $1.05 million payment.


                                      B-1

<PAGE>


                                                               Exhibit 10.04



                         TRADEMARK CO-LICENSE AGREEMENT

            THIS TRADEMARK CO-LICENSE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made as of
November 24, 1998 ("Effective Date") by and between INTERNET WORLD MEDIA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation ("IWM"), and internet.com LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company ("internet.com").

                                    Recitals

            A. IWM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Penton Media, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("Penton").

            B. IWM currently owns a 19.9% interest in internet.com.
internet.com's business consists of producing and operating a network of
Internet Web sites that contains the latest news and resources for the Internet
industry, directories of Internet products and services, back issues of IWM's
print publications and information about IWM's INTERNET WORLD and ISPCON trade
shows and conferences (the "internet.com Business");

            C. IWM's business consists of producing INTERNET WORLD and ISPCON
trade shows and conferences and publishing and distributing INTERNET WORLD and
BOARDWATCH magazines and The Directory of Internet Service Providers, which
focus on information technologies and the Internet industry (the "IWM
Business");

            D. internet.com acknowledges that IWM is the sole and exclusive
owner of the entire right, title and interest in and to the marks listed in
Schedule A hereto (the "IWM Marks") and all registrations, and applications and
renewals therefor;

            E. IWM acknowledges that internet.com is the sole and exclusive
owner of the entire right, title and interest in and to the marks listed in
Schedule B hereto (the "internet.com Marks" and, together with the IWM Marks,
the "Licensed Marks") and all registrations, applications and renewals therefor;
and

            F. Pursuant to the terms and conditions provided herein and for no
other purpose: internet.com desires to acquire from IWM, and IWM desires to
grant to internet.com, a nonexclusive, royalty-free license to use the IWM Marks
in connection with the internet.com Business, as defined in this Agreement; and
IWM desires to acquire from internet.com, and internet.com desires to grant to
IWM, a nonexclusive, royalty-free license to use the internet.com Marks in
connection with the IWM Business, as defined in this Agreement.

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained
herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:
<PAGE>

1. Definitions.

      1.1 "IWM Marks" shall mean the trademarks, service marks, trade names and
logos set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, as amended in writing from time
to time, and all registrations, applications and renewals therefor.

      1.2 "internet.com Marks" shall mean the trademarks, service marks, trade
names and logos set forth on Schedule B attached hereto, as amended in writing
from time to time, and all registrations, applications and renewals therefor.

      1.3 "Licensed Marks" shall mean the IWM Marks and/or the internet.com
Marks, as appropriate.

      1.4 "internet.com Business" shall mean the business of producing and
operating a network of Internet Web sites that contains the latest news and
resources for the Internet industry, directories of Internet products and
services, back issues of IWM's print publications and information about IWM's
INTERNET WORLD and ISPCON trade shows and conferences.

      1.5 "IWM Business" shall mean the business of producing INTERNET WORLD and
ISPCON trade shows and conferences and publishing and distributing INTERNET
WORLD and BOARDWATCH magazines and The Directory of Internet Service Providers,
which focus on information technologies and the Internet industry.

2. License.

      2.1 Grants of Licenses. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement:

            2.1.1 IWM hereby grants to internet.com a non-exclusive,
non-transferable, royalty-free license to use the IWM Marks solely in connection
with the internet.com Business, solely for the purpose of using the IWM Marks on
the INTERNET.COM network of Web sites, consistent with the prior use by
Mecklermedia Corporation; and

            2.1.2 internet.com hereby grants to IWM a non-exclusive,
non-transferable, royalty-free license to use the internet.com Marks solely in
connection with the IWM Business, solely for the purpose of publishing the
internet.com Marks in INTERNET WORLD and BOARDWATCH magazines and The Directory
of Internet Service Providers, at INTERNET WORLD and ISPCON trade shows and
conferences and in promotional materials for such magazines and trade shows and
conferences.

      2.2 No Sublicenses. Neither party shall sublicense any of its rights under
this Agreement to any other person or entity without the prior written approval
of the Licensed Mark's owner. Any attempted sublicense entered without the prior
approval of the Licensed Mark's owner shall be null and void and shall
immediately terminate the license granted herein to the party purporting to make
such assignment.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

      2.3 Reservation of Rights. No rights or licenses, express or implied,
other than those granted in Section 2.1, are granted by this Agreement. The
rights granted pursuant to this Agreement are subject to all pre-existing
contracts and to all rights of third parties related to the Licensed Marks. Each
party expressly reserves the right to use its own Licensed Marks anywhere in the
world in connection with any materials or products developed or sold by or for
the mark owner or any services rendered by or for the mark owner.

3. Term and Termination.

      3.1 Term. Unless terminated in accordance with Section 3.2, this Agreement
shall continue in full force and effect for a period of three (3) years from the
Effective Date. This Agreement shall automatically renew for successive
three-year terms unless terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 or upon at least six
(6) months prior written notice from either party of its intent to terminate
this Agreement.

      3.2 Termination for Breach. Either party shall have the right to terminate
this Agreement immediately if: (i) the other party breaches a material term or
condition of this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within thirty (30)
days after receipt of notice of such breach; (ii) proceedings are instituted by
or against the other party under federal or state bankruptcy laws or an
assignment or receivership is established for the benefit of the creditors of
the other party; or (iii) majority ownership, or effective control, of the other
party is transferred to an unrelated third party.

      3.3 Effect of Termination. Upon expiration or termination of this
Agreement for any reason, each party shall immediately discontinue all use of
the Licensed Marks licensed to it hereunder, including as part of its corporate,
assumed or trade name, and shall destroy all materials bearing such marks other
than a single copy of any materials bearing the marks, which may be retained for
archival purposes. Upon request from either party, an officer of the other party
shall promptly certify in writing to the other party that it has discontinued
such use and has destroyed such materials.

4. Limitations on License.

      4.1 Usage. Except as provided in Section 2.1, neither party knowingly
shall make use of the Licensed Marks owned by the other as a trademark, trade
name or some indicator of the licensee's products or services. In addition,
neither Licensee shall, without Licensor's prior written consent, knowingly use
the Licensed Marks of the other party in connection with any product or service
that would imply sponsorship by, affiliation with, or endorsement by Licensor of
such product or service.

      4.2 Ownership of Marks. Any and all rights, title or interest in and to
the Licensed Marks that may accrue to the benefit of, or be acquired by, a
licensee as a result of its exercise of the rights and licenses granted pursuant
hereto shall be assigned to and inure to the sole benefit of 


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

the licensor and each licensee hereby agrees to assign and does assign to each
licensor any and all such right, title and interest and agrees, at the
licensor's expense, to execute such documents as the licensor may reasonably
request to evidence such assignment.

      4.3 Additional Covenants. Neither licensee shall assert any claim of
ownership of, or any claim to, any goodwill or reputation associated with the
Licensed Marks owned by the other, by reason of the licensed use thereof or
otherwise. Neither licensee shall take or, to the extent reasonably within its
power to control, permit any action or omission in derogation of any rights of
the licensor in its Licensed Marks, either during the term of this Agreement or
thereafter.

5. Quality Control.

      5.1 Quality Standards. Each licensee shall maintain quality standards for
all of its uses of the Licensed Marks substantially equivalent to or stricter
than those standards previously used by such licensee in connection with its
business.

      5.2 Proposed Uses. Prior to first use or publication of a proposed new
form of use of a Licensed Mark by a licensee, the licensee shall, at its own
expense, submit a specimen of such proposed use to the attention of the person
or office identified by the licensor, for the licensor's approval, such approval
not to be unreasonably withheld. Any such new form of use neither approved nor
disapproved by the licensor within ten (10) business days of submission shall be
deemed approved.

      5.3 Samples. Each licensee shall, at its own expense, provide the licensor
with five (5) copies, photographs or representative samples of advertising copy,
promotional materials or other materials produced or distributed in hard copy by
the licensee during the term of this Agreement bearing the Licensed Marks. IWM
shall be responsible for obtaining any samples it desires of internet.com's
online use of the IWM Marks directly from the (internet.com) network of Web
sites. The samples sent to IWM should be addressed to the attention of: Mr.
David Nussbaum; and the samples sent to internet.com should be addressed to the
attention of: General Counsel. Each licensee shall also permit representatives
of the licensor to inspect the licensee's facilities upon reasonable notice
during normal business hours to determine whether the licensee is maintaining
the quality standards set forth in Section 5.1.

6. Registration and Enforcement.

      6.1 Registration. Registration and any other form of protection for the
Licensed Marks shall only be obtained in each case by the licensor in its sole
discretion, in its own name and at its expense. In those jurisdictions where
registration of a user of trademarks or registration of trademark licenses is
required by law, the parties shall make a joint application, at the licensor's
request and expense, to the appropriate registrar of trademarks, or such other
person as is required by the laws of the relevant jurisdiction, for the required
registration, but in no event shall the licensee thus obtain any rights in the
Licensed Marks beyond the right to use the Licensed marks as set forth herein.
Each licensee shall furnish each licensor with all reasonably 


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

requested information (including specimens and samples illustrative of its
manner of use of the Licensed Marks) and documentation (including executed true
and correct affidavits, declarations, oaths and other documentation prepared by
the licensor) to assist the licensor in obtaining and maintaining such trademark
protection and registrations.

      6.2 Enforcement. Each licensee shall take all reasonable steps and shall,
at each licensor's expense, provide such materials, cooperation and assistance
as the licensor may request to assist in registering, maintaining and enforcing
the Licensed Marks. Each licensee shall promptly notify the licensor of any
actual or suspected infringement or misuse of the licensor's Licensed Marks by
third parties. The licensor of each Licensed Mark shall have the sole discretion
to take action against such infringers or misusers, and any and all recoveries
resulting from such actions initiated by the licensor shall be retained by the
licensor, except to the extent the licensee suffers actual damages, in which
event the licensee shall be entitled to a portion of such recovery equal to its
relative portion of the total damage, after deducting the fees and expenses
incurred in taking such action. Neither licensee shall take any action to
enforce rights in the Licensed Marks owned by the other against a third party
without the prior, written approval of the licensor.

7. Remedies. Each licensee acknowledges that its breach of its obligations
hereunder would cause immediate and irreparable harm to the licensor, for which
money damages would be inadequate compensation. Therefore, each licensor shall
be entitled to injunctive relief for the licensee's material breach of such
obligations without proof of actual damages and without the posting of bond or
other security, except as required by law. Such remedy shall be in addition to
all other remedies available at law or in equity.

8. Representations; Indemnifications.

      8.1 IWM'S DISCLAIMER. IWM EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE IWM
MARKS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TITLE,
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

      8.2 INTERNET.COM'S DISCLAIMER. INTERNET.COM EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE INTERNET.COM MARKS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF TITLE, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

      8.3 Limitation of Liability. IWM shall not be liable to its internet.com,
its affiliates or any third party for any direct damages or for any special,
consequential, exemplary or incidental damages (including lost or anticipated
revenues or profits relating to the same), arising from any claim relating to
this Agreement or the IWM Marks, whether such claim is based on warranty,
contract, tort (including negligence or strict liability) or otherwise, even if
an authorized 


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

representative of IWM is advised of the possibility or likelihood of same,
unless IWM is in breach of this Agreement.

      8.4 Limitation of Liability. internet.com shall not be liable to its IWM,
its affiliates or any third party for any direct damages or for any special,
consequential, exemplary or incidental damages (including lost or anticipated
revenues or profits relating to the same), arising from any claim relating to
this Agreement or the internet.com Marks, whether such claim is based on
warranty, contract, tort (including negligence or strict liability) or
otherwise, even if an authorized representative of internet.com is advised of
the possibility or likelihood of same, unless internet.com is in breach of this
Agreement.

      8.5 Indemnification.

            8.5.1 Each licensee (in such event, the "Indemnifying Party") agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless its licensor (in such event, the "Imdemnitee")
along with its affiliates, and its and their stockholders, directors, officers,
employees, agents and assignees, and shall pay all losses, damages, fees,
expenses or costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by them based
upon any claim, demand, suit or proceeding alleging any breach by the licensee
of its obligations hereunder.

            8.5.2 internet.com (in such event, the "Indemnifying Party") agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless IWM (in such event, the "Imdemnitee") along with
its affiliates, and its and their stockholders, directors, officers, employees,
agents and assignees, and shall pay all losses, damages, fees, expenses or costs
(including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by them based upon any claim,
demand, suit or proceeding alleging that internet.com's use of the Licensed
Marks, except as specifically permitted under this Agreement or by law, violate
the rights of any third party.

            8.5.3 IWM (in such event, the "Indemnifying Party") agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless internet.com (in such event, the "Imdemnitee") along
with its affiliates, and its and their stockholders, directors, officers,
employees, agents and assignees, and shall pay all losses, damages, fees,
expenses or costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by them based
upon any claim, demand, suit or proceeding alleging that IWM's use of the
Licensed Marks in a form or manner different from the use made by Mecklermedia
Corporation prior to the execution of this Agreement, except as specifically
permitted under this Agreement or by law, violate the rights of any third party.

            8.5.4 The Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of
any such claim, demand, suit or proceeding and, upon written request by the
Indemnitee, the Indemnifying Party shall promptly defend and continue the
defense of such claim, demand, suit or proceeding at the Indemnifying Party's
expense. If the Indemnifying Party fails to undertake or continue such defense,
the Indemnitee shall have the right (but not the obligation) to make and
continue such defense as it considers appropriate, and the expenses and costs
thereof (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees, out-of-pocket
costs and the costs of an appeal and bond 


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

thereof, together with the amounts of any judgment rendered against the
Indemnitee) shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party upon demand.

            8.5.5 Nothing herein shall prevent the Indemnitee, at its
discretion, from defending any such claim, demand, suit or proceeding at its own
expense through its own counsel, notwithstanding that the defense thereof may
have been undertaken by the Indemnifying Party.

9. General.

      9.1 Survival. The obligations and rights set forth in Sections 2.3, 3.3,
4, 7 and 8 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any
reason.

      9.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, The Copyright Co-License Agreement
and the Services Agreement, dated as of the same date as this Agreement by and
among the parties hereto and Penton, and all Schedules attached hereto and
thereto incorporated herein and therein by this reference, contain the entire
agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof
and supersede any previous understandings or agreements, whether written or
oral, in respect of such subject matter.

      9.3 Required Approvals. Each licensee shall, at its own expense, obtain
all necessary licenses, permits and approvals of this Agreement required by any
government or governmental agency in a territory where the licensee uses the
Licensed Marks. Performance of this Agreement shall be subject to the respective
licensee obtaining all such necessary licenses, permits and approvals pursuant
to this Section 9.3 and to the terms of any such licenses, permits and
approvals, but the terms of this Agreement shall control over any contrary
provision of such licenses, permits or approvals.

      9.4 Compliance with Laws. Each of the parties shall comply with all
applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of the United States, all other
relevant jurisdictions and any agency or court thereof of competent
jurisdiction.

      9.5 Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the successors and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that
neither party may assign, transfer, encumber or grant to any third party a
security interest in this Agreement or in any of its rights, duties or
obligations hereunder, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior
written consent of the other party, such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld. Any assignment which does not comply with this Section 9.5 shall be
void and of no legal effect.

      9.6 No Waiver. The failure of either party to enforce any provision of
this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision or the
right of such party thereafter to enforce such provision or any other provision
of this Agreement.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

      9.7 Relationship of Parties. Except as specifically provided herein, none
of the parties shall act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to
act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind or commit the
other party to any obligations. Any such act will create a separate liability in
the party so acting to any and all third parties affected thereby. The rights,
duties, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereunder shall be several
and not joint or collective, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be
construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or other
association of any kind, each party instead being individually responsible only
for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

      9.8 Severability. The illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any
part of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability
of the remainder of this Agreement. If any part of this Agreement shall be found
to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, then this Agreement shall be given such
meaning as would make this Agreement legal, valid and enforceable in order to
give effect to the intent of the parties.

      9.9 Further Assurances. Each party agrees to execute such other documents
and take such actions as the other party may reasonably request to effect the
terms of this Agreement.

      9.10 Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement and all disputes arising
hereunder shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with the laws of
the United States of America and the internal laws (and not the law of
conflicts) of the State of New York. Each party hereby submits to the
jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State and County of New York
for the resolution of any such disputes and waives any objection to the
propriety or convenience of venue in such courts.

      9.11 Notices.

            9.11.1 All notices, requests, demands, claims and other
communications hereunder shall be in writing. Any notice, request, demand,
claim, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given two business
days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

            If to internet.com:     internet.com LLC
                                    20 Ketchum Street
                                    Westport, CT  06880
                                    Attn: President

            If to IWM:              Internet World Media, Inc.
                                    20 Ketchum Street
                                    Westport, CT  06880
                                    Attn:  Mr. David Nussbaum


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

            9.11.2 Either party may send any notice, request, demand, claim, or
other communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the address set forth
above using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier,
messenger service, telecopy, telex, ordinary mail or electronic mail), but no
such notice, request, demand, claim or other communication shall be deemed to
have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the intended
recipient. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands,
claims and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the
other party notice in the manner herein set forth.

      9.12 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and
shall not be considered a part of or affect the construction or interpretation
of any provision of this Agreement.

      9.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original, but which together shall constitute one and
the same instrument.


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.


                                         INTERNET WORLD MEDIA, INC.

                                         By:    /s/ Joseph NeCastro
                                            ----------------------------------
                                            Name:   Joseph NeCastro
                                            Title:  Chief Financial Officer


                                         INTERNET.COM LLC

                                         By:    /s/ Alan M. Meckler
                                            ----------------------------------
                                            Name:   Alan M. Meckler
                                            Title:  Managing Member
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                               Licensed IWM Marks

INTERNET WORLD
INTRANET WORLD
BOARDWATCH
INTERNET WORLD and Design ("Gavin Logo")
ISPCON
ISP WORLD
IW LABS
MECKLERMEDIA
THE INTERNET MEDIA COMPANY
THE VOICE OF E-BUSINESS AND INTERNET TECHNOLOGY


                                       -11-
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B

                           Licensed internet.com Marks

BROWSERWATCH
CWS APPS
DR. WEBSITE
INTERNET ADVERTISING REPORT
INTERNET SHOPPER
INTERNET STOCK REPORT
INTERNETNEWS.COM
IPODEX
ISDEX
THE INTERNET STOCK INDEX
THE LIST
WEBDEVELOPER.COM
WEBDEX
WEBREFERENCE.COM


                                       -12-

<PAGE>


                                                               Exhibit 10.05



                         COPYRIGHT CO-LICENSE AGREEMENT

            THIS COPYRIGHT CO-LICENSE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made as of
November 24, 1998 ("Effective Date") by and between INTERNET WORLD MEDIA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation ("IWM"), and internet.com LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company ("internet.com").

                                    Recitals

            A. IWM publishes INTERNET WORLD and BOARDWATCH magazines and The
Directory of Internet Service Providers (collectively, the "Publications"),
which focus on information technologies and the Internet industry, and produces
INTERNET WORLD and ISPCON trade shows and conferences (collectively, the Trade
Shows");

            B. IWM currently owns a 19.9% interest in internet.com.
internet.com's business consists of producing and operating a network of
Internet Web sites connected to (internet.com) that contains news and resources
for the Internet industry, directories of Internet products and services, back
issues of the Publications and information about IWM's INTERNET WORLD and ISPCON
trade shows and conferences, including the copyrighted works set forth in
Schedule A (the "internet.com Copyrights");

            C. Pursuant to the terms and conditions provided herein and for no
other purpose: internet.com desires to acquire from IWM, and IWM desires to
grant to internet.com, a license to use the copyrighted works embodied in the
Publications or used in connection with the IWM Business, as defined herein; and
IWM desires to acquire from internet.com and internet.com desires to grant to
IWM, a license to use the internet.com Copyrights in connection with the IWM
Business, as defined herein.

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained
herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

1. Definitions.

      1.1. "internet.com Business" shall mean the business of producing and
operating a network of Internet Web sites connected to (internet.com) that
contains news and resources for the Internet industry, directories of Internet
products and services, back issues of the Publications and information about
IWM's INTERNET WORLD and ISPCON trade shows and conferences.

      1.2. "internet.com Copyrights" shall mean the entire text and format of
the following features of the (internet.com) Web site, in all updates
transmitted during the term of this Agreement: the DR. WEBSITE, ISDEX and
INTERNET STOCK REPORT columns.

      1.3. "IWM Business" shall mean IWM's business of publishing and
distributing the Publications, and producing INTERNET WORLD and ISPCON trade
shows and conferences.

<PAGE>

      1.4. "IWM Copyrights" shall mean the copyrightable material: (i) published
in the Publications in all editions published prior to or during the term of
this Agreement; (ii) published in all past editions of print magazines the
rights to which were transferred to IWM pursuant to the Service Agreement among
IWM, internet.com and Penton Media, Inc., dated as of the same date as this
Agreement; and (iii) displayed or distributed in connection with the Trade
Shows, including, without limitation, exhibition floor plans and lists of
exhibitors, brochures, photographs of attendees, statistics and promotional
materials.

      1.5. "Publications" shall mean the full editorial text of INTERNET WORLD
and BOARDWATCH magazines and The Directory of Internet Service Providers, in all
editions.

      1.6 "Trade Shows" shall mean INTERNET WORLD and ISPCON trade shows and
conferences.

2. Grant of Licenses.

      2.1. IWM Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement: IWM
hereby grants internet.com a non-exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide license for
the term of this Agreement to incorporate into one or more of internet.com's
(internet.com) network of Web sites and/or electronically delivered databases
the IWM Copyrights or any portion thereof, and to make the text available online
to users of internet.com's Web sites and databases; and

      2.2. internet.com Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement: internet.com hereby grants IWM a non-exclusive, royalty-free,
worldwide license for the term of this Agreement to reproduce in the
Publications for distribution to readers of the Publications the internet.com
Copyrights or any portion thereof; and

      2.3. Sublicensing. Neither party shall sublicense any of its rights under
this Agreement to any other person or entity without the prior written approval
of the copyright owner. Any attempted sublicense entered without the prior
approval of the copyright owner shall be null and void and shall immediately
terminate the license granted herein to the party purporting to make such
assignment.

      2.4. Delivery of License Materials. IWM shall provide internet.com with
four copies of each issue of each Publication as soon as practicable after
publication of that issue. If IWM currently uses, or at any time hereafter
commences using, machine-readable tapes in the production of the Publications,
the parties shall explore a means of delivering the editorial text of the
Publications in machine-readable form. IWM shall have the right to copy the
internet.com Copyrights directly from the (internet.com) Web site.

      2.5. Copyright Notice.

            2.5.1. internet.com acknowledges IWM's ownership of all rights in
the IWM Copyrights and will take commercially reasonable measures to display
IWM's copyright notice to users of internet.com's databases, including, without
limitation by displaying above the first line of text of any article from the
Publication(s) the words "(C) Internet World Media" with the year of publication
of that article.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

            2.5.2. IWM acknowledges internet.com's ownership of all rights in
the internet.com Copyrights and will take commercially reasonable measures to
display internet.com's copyright notice to readers of the Publications,
including, without limitation, by displaying in conjunction with the text of any
material covered by the internet.com Copyrights the words "(C) internet.com LLC"
with the year of publication of the material.

      2.6. Reservation of Rights. No rights or licenses, express or implied,
other than those granted in Sections 2.1 and 2.2, are granted by this Agreement.
The rights granted pursuant to this Agreement are subject to all pre-existing
contracts and to all rights of third parties related to the Publications.

3. Term and Termination.

      3.1. Term. Unless terminated in accordance with Section 3.2, this
Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a period of three (3)
years from the Effective Date. This Agreement shall automatically renew for
successive three (3)-year terms unless terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 or
upon at least six (6) months prior written notice from either party of its
intent to terminate.

      3.2. Termination for Breach. Either party shall have the right to
terminate this Agreement immediately if: (i) the other party breaches a material
term or condition of this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within
thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of such breach; (ii) proceedings are
instituted by or against the other party under federal or state bankruptcy laws
or an assignment or receivership is established for the benefit of the creditors
of the other party; or (iii) majority ownership, or effective control, of the
other party is transferred to an unrelated third party.

      3.3 Effect of Termination. Upon termination of the license under this
Agreement for any reason, IWM shall not be required to recall or destroy any
Publications already printed and internet.com shall not be required to remove
from any database any material previously licensed pursuant to this Agreement
but shall be required to segregate and identify such previously licensed
material as archival and not subject to a current license from IWM.

4. Registration and Enforcement.

      4.1. Registration. Registration of copyrights or any other form of
protection for materials licensed hereunder shall only be obtained in each case
by the licensor, in its sole discretion, in its own name and at its expense.

      4.2. Enforcement. Each licensee shall take all reasonable steps and shall,
at each licensor's expense, provide such materials, cooperation and assistance
as the licensor may request to assist in enforcing the copyrights licensed
hereunder. Each licensee shall promptly notify the licensor of any actual or
suspected infringement of the licensor's copyrights by third parties. The
licensor shall have the sole discretion to take action against such infringers,
and any and all recoveries resulting from such actions initiated by the licensor
shall be retained by the licensor.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

5. Representations; Indemnifications.

      5.1. IWM Warranties, Indemnity. IWM represents and warrants to
internet.com that it has the authority to grant internet.com the license granted
in Paragraph 2.1 and that nothing printed in the editorial text of the
Publications, during the term of this Agreement, will be libelous, obscene, or
invade the rights of publicity or privacy or infringe the copyright, database
right or other proprietary right of any person or entity.

      5.2. internet.com Warranties, Indemnity. internet.com represents and
warrants to IWM that it has the authority to grant IWM the license granted in
Paragraph 2.2 and that nothing in the editorial text of the internet.com
Copyrights will be libelous, obscene, or invade the rights of publicity or
privacy or infringe the copyright, database right or other proprietary right of
any person or entity.

      5.3. Indemnification.

            5.3.1. Each licensee (in such event, the "Indemnifying Party")
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless its licensor (in such event, the
"Imdemnitee") along with its affiliates, and its and their stockholders,
directors, officers, employees, agents and assignees, and shall pay all losses,
damages, fees, expenses or costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred
by them based upon any claim, demand, suit or proceeding alleging any breach by
the licensee of its obligations hereunder. Each licensor (in such event, the
"Indemnifying Party") agrees to indemnify and hold harmless its licensee (in
such event, the "Imdemnitee") along with its affiliates, and its and their
stockholders, directors, officers, employees, agents and assignees, and shall
pay all losses, damages, fees, expenses or costs (including reasonable
attorneys' fees) incurred by them based upon any claim, demand, suit or
proceeding arising out of any breach or alleged breach of the licensor's
representations and warranties.

            5.3.2. internet.com (in such event, the "Indemnifying Party") agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless IWM (in such event, the "Indemnitee") along with
its affiliates, and its and their stockholders, directors, officers, employees,
agents and assignees, and shall pay all losses, damages, fees, expenses or costs
(including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by them based upon any claim,
demand, suit or proceeding alleging that internet.com's use of the IWM
copyrights, except as specifically permitted under this Agreement or by law,
violate the rights of any third party.

            5.3.3. IWM (in such event, the "Indemnifying Party") agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless internet.com (in such event, the "Indemnitee") along
with its affiliates, and its and their stockholders, directors, officers,
employees, agents and assignees, and shall pay all losses, damages, fees,
expenses or costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by them based
upon any claim, demand, suit or proceeding alleging that IWM's use of the
internet.com copyrights in a manner different from that made by Mecklermedia
Corporation prior to the execution of this Agreement, except as specifically
permitted under this Agreement or by law, violate the rights of any third party.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

            5.3.4. The Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party
of any such claim, demand, suit or proceeding and, upon written request by the
Indemnitee, the Indemnifying Party shall promptly defend and continue the
defense of such claim, demand, suit or proceeding at the Indemnifying Party's
expense. If the Indemnifying Party fails to undertake or continue such defense,
the Indemnitee shall have the right (but not the obligation) to make and
continue such defense as it considers appropriate, and the expenses and costs
thereof (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees, out-of-pocket
costs and the costs of an appeal and bond thereof, together with the amounts of
any judgment rendered against the Indemnitee) shall be paid by the Indemnifying
Party upon demand.

            5.3.5. Nothing herein shall prevent the Indemnitee, at its
discretion, from defending any such claim, demand, suit or proceeding at its own
expense through its own counsel, notwithstanding that the defense thereof may
have been undertaken by the Indemnifying Party.

6. General.

      6.1. Survival. The obligations and rights set forth in Sections 2.6, 3.3,
5, 6.4, 6.9, and 6.11 shall survive the expiration or termination of this
Agreement for any reason.

      6.2. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, The Trademark Co-License Agreement
and the Services Agreement, dated as of the same date as this Agreement by and
among the parties hereto and Penton Media, Inc., and all Schedules attached
hereto and thereto incorporated herein and therein by this reference, contain
the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersede any previous understandings or agreements, whether
written or oral, in respect of such subject matter.

      6.3. Compliance with Laws. Each of the parties shall comply with all
applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of the United States, all other
relevant jurisdictions and any agency or court thereof of competent
jurisdiction.

      6.4. Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and
be binding upon the successors and assigns of the parties; provided, however,
that neither party may assign, transfer, encumber or grant to any third party a
security interest in this Agreement or in any of its rights, duties or
obligations hereunder, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior
written consent of the other party, such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld. Any assignment which does not comply with this Section 6.4 shall be
void and of no legal effect.

      6.5. No Waiver. The failure of either party to enforce any provision of
this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision or the
right of such party thereafter to enforce such provision or any other provision
of this Agreement.

      6.6. Relationship of Parties. Except as specifically provided herein, none
of the parties shall act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to
act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind or commit the
other party to any obligations. Any such act will create a separate liability in
the party so acting to any and all third parties affected thereby. The


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

rights, duties, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereunder shall be
several and not joint or collective, and nothing contained in this Agreement
shall be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or
other association of any kind, each party instead being individually responsible
only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

      6.7. Severability. The illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any
part of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability
of the remainder of this Agreement. If any part of this Agreement shall be found
to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, then this Agreement shall be given such
meaning as would make this Agreement legal, valid and enforceable in order to
give effect to the intent of the parties.

      6.8. Further Assurances. Each party agrees to execute such other documents
and take such actions as the other party may reasonably request to effect the
terms of this Agreement.

      6.9. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement and all disputes arising
hereunder shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with the laws of
the United States of America and the internal laws (and not the law of
conflicts) of the State of New York. Each party hereby submits to the
jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State and County of New York
for the resolution of any such disputes and waives any objection to the
propriety or convenience of venue in such courts.

      6.10. Notices.

            6.10.1. All notices, requests, demands, claims and other
communications hereunder shall be in writing. Any notice, request, demand,
claim, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given two business
days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

            If to internet.com:     internet.com LLC
                                    20 Ketchum Street
                                    Westport, CT  06880
                                    Attn: President

            If to IWM:              Internet World Media, Inc.
                                    20 Ketchum Street
                                    Westport, CT  06880
                                    Attn:  Mr. David Nussbaum

            6.10.2. Either party may send any notice, request, demand, claim, or
other communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the address set forth
above using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier,
messenger service, telecopy, telex, ordinary mail or electronic mail), but no
such notice, request, demand, claim or other communication shall be deemed to
have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the intended
recipient. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests,


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

demands, claims and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving
the other party notice in the manner herein set forth.

      6.11. Confidentiality. Each party warrants that, without the express
consent of the other party, none of its employees or agents will disclose to any
third party any information of or supplied by the other party which he or she
has reason to believe is confidential or which the other party designates as
confidential.

      6.12. Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only
and shall not be considered a part of or affect the construction or
interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

      6.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original, but which together shall constitute one
and the same instrument.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

                                         INTERNET WORLD MEDIA, INC.


                                         By: /s/ Joseph NeCastro
                                            ----------------------------------
                                            Name: Joseph NeCastro
                                            Title: Chief Financial Officer

                                         INTERNET.COM LLC

                                         By: /s/ Alan M. Meckler
                                            ----------------------------------
                                            Name: Alan M. Meckler
                                            Title: Managing Member

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                             internet.com Copyrights

The internet.com Copyrights consist of the entire text and format of the
following features of the (internet.com) Web site, in all updates transmitted
during the term of this Agreement:

DR. WEBSITE column

ISDEX column

INTERNET STOCK INDEX column


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.02
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our reports
(and to all references to our firm) included in or made a part of this
registration statement.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Stamford, Connecticut
April 12, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<CIK> 0001083712
<NAME> INTERNET.COM CORPORATION
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   OTHER
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             NOV-24-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                         129,000
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                1,765,000
<ALLOWANCES>                                  (42,000)
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                             2,164,000
<PP&E>                                       1,395,000
<DEPRECIATION>                                (15,000)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              23,587,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                        4,023,000
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             0
<OTHER-SE>                                  19,564,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                23,587,000
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               772,000
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  403,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             3,227,000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                42,000
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               8,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                            (2,908,000)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                        (2,908,000)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                               (2,908,000)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.21)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.21)
        

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                                               Exhibit 99.01


                                                               April 14, 1999


internet.com Corporation
20 Ketchum Street
Westport, Connecticut 06880

Dear Sirs:

I hereby consent to being named in internet.com Corporation's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 as a person who has agreed to be named as a Director of
such corporation.

Sincerely yours,

/s/  Beverly C. Chell
- ----------------------------
Beverly C. Chell


<PAGE>


                                                               Exhibit 99.02


                                                               April 2, 1999


internet.com Corporation
20 Ketchum Street
Westport, Connecticut 06880

Dear Sirs:

I hereby consent to being named in internet.com Corporation's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 as a person who has agreed to be named as a Director of
such corporation.

Sincerely yours,

/s/ Michael J. Davies
- ------------------------------
Michael J. Davies



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission